UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG
1998-1999
Lebanon Valley College
of Pennsylvania
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2
Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3
Undergraduate Information
Admissions 4
Continuing Education 5
Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7
Degrees 7
Graduation Requirements 8
Non-traditional Credit 13
Grading System 14
Undergraduate Academic Programs 18
General Education 18
Cooperative Programs 21
Pre-Professional Programs 23
Individualized Major 23
Internships 23
Independent Study 24
Tutorial Study 24
Special Topics Courses 25
Study Abroad 25
Undergraduate Departments 29
Graduate Academic Programs 130
Directory 141
Board of Trustees 141
Administration 145
Faculty 152
Support Staff 165
Awards 166
Accreditation 167
Campus Map 168
Phone Numbers 171
1998 - 1999 Academic Calendar 172
Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE
Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy.
Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out.
Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term.
Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science Education.
Major Helds of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, applied computer
science, biochemistry, biology, business, chemistry, computer science, economics, elemen-
tary education, English, French, German, health care management, historical communications,
history, hotel management, international business, mathematics, medical technology, music,
music education, music technology, philosophy, physics, political science, psychobiology,
psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish.
Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification;//! coopera-
tion with Thomas Jefferson University: cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging,
nursing, occupational therapy, physical therapy ;m cooperation with The Pennsylvania State
University, Case Western Reserve University, and Widener University: engineering; in
cooperation with Duke University: forestry, environmental sciences; in cooperation with
approved hospitals: medical technology.
Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individualized
majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Washington semester program.
Number of faculty: 77; of the permanent faculty 81 percent have earned a Ph.D. or
equivalent terminal degree.
Student-faculty ratio: 16:1, with an average class size of 20.
Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour;
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours.
Size of campus: 30 buildings. The library contains over 175,000 catalog items, and the
college provides students with access to 200 personal computers. The sports center is
nationally recognized for its water fitness program.
Residence halls: Fourteen residence halls housing 933 students in male, female, coed and
apartment style facilities.
Student enrollment: 1182 full-time undergraduate students, with 535 part-time under-
graduates and 221 graduate students.
Student financial aid: approximately 88 percent receive financial aid in the form of grants.
Total financial aid in the form of LVC grant and academic scholarships for 1997-98 was
$7,174,050. The average grant and scholarship totaled $6,782.
2 Facts 1998-99 Catalog
THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE
Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church.
The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable of
making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end we seek
to provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes, and
values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse, and fragile world.
Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences
among human beings.
Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which caring
and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the interrelat-
edness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of wisdom, that
is the capacity of judging rightly in manners of life and conduct, and a life-long love of
learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience.
The motto of the college is,
'You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free "
(John 8:32).
Lebanon Valley College
College Mission 3
UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION
Admission For Full Time Students
High School Preparation
All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 units,
4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1 in social
studies.
Application Procedure
A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed applica-
tion form with the required application fee, Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test
results and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to
Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work.
All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for
admission into music, music education or music technology programs are required to
audition on campus; audition applications are available from the Admission Office. For
further information contact:
Admission Office
Lebanon Valley College
101 North College Avenue
Annville,PA 17003-0501
Phone: (7 1 7) 867-6 1 8 1 or (800) 445-6 181
FAX: (111) S61 -6026
Internet: http://www.lvc.edu *
E-mail: admiss@lvc.edu
Student Finances
Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior
to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to
make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be
processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office.
Refund Policy
Full-time students withdrawing from the school will receive a refund prorated according
to the following schedule:
Time Period Refund
During the first week of classes 100%
During the second week of classes 90%
During the third and fourth week of classes 50%
During the fifth through eighth week of classes 25%
After the eighth week of classes NO REFUND
Comprehensive Fee: non-refundable
Room charges: non-refundable
Board charges: prorated refund
4 Undergraduate Information 1998-99 Catalog
A $100 Administrative Fee will be assessed for withdrawals after the first week of class.
Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing
Education Office.
Refund Policy During First Semester
A student who is attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time will receive a refund
according to the federal policy estabhshed by the Higher Education Amendments of 1992.
The pro-rata refund policy applies to new students whose date of withdraw is within the first
60 percent of the semester for which the student has been billed. This refund policy allows
for a refund of tuition, fees, room and board for the portion of the semester for which the
student has been charged that remains in this period but for which the student will not be
enrolled. A copy of the federal pro-rata refund policy is on file in the Financial Aid Office.
Alternative Payment Plan
Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring
other options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. An agent has been
appointed to process deferred payment applications:
Academic Management Services
OneAMS Place
P.O. Box 991
Swansea, MA 02777-0991
PAone.- 1-800-635-0120
The college has no financial interest in either of these plans and offers them as a
convenience to students and parents.
Continuing Education Office
Students may enroll part-time at Lebanon Valley College through Continuing Education.
Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for 0 - 11 credit hours per semester.
The Continuing Education Office offers credit programs on four levels: certificate,
associate, baccalaureate, and diploma. Certificates are starter programs that approximate the
beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from which to go on for an
associate or bachelor' s degree. Diploma programs are intended for persons who have already
been awarded a bachelor's degree in one discipline and desire to study another discipline in
some depth.
A second bachelor' s degree may be awarded to adult students who already have received
a bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another accredited college or
university. In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the second
degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater.
Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during evenings, weekend and
summer sessions on the main campus in Annville and through our Lancaster Center on the
Franklin & Marshall College Campus. The Continuing Education Office publishes course
schedules for the fall, spring and summer sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or
get detailed information on all academic programs for adults call 7 1 7-867-62 1 3 in Annville
or 717-399^419 in Lancaster or write Continuing Education Office, Lebanon Valley
College, Annville, PA 17003-0501.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 5
A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education
degree programs must submit a completed application form with the required application fee.
An official high school transcript is required if students have less than 24 semester hours of
transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon Valley must submit
official transcripts of any completed college or university courses. Official transcripts
relating to military or business courses also may prove to be useful. Although students may
begin taking classes before they have been accepted, they must speak with a counselor before
registering for courses. To arrange an admission interview with a counselor call 717-867-
6213 in Annville or 717-399-4419 in Lancaster. Decisions on all adult student applications
usually are made within one month after the last required transcript is received.
6 Undergraduate Information
1998-99 Catalog
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES
Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the college expects that the conduct
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The college has the right to require
the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the institution.
The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a contract
between the student and the college. The college reserves the right to change these regulations
and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but wherever
possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the time of his/
her entrance at the college.
Degrees
Baccalaureate Degrees
Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics,
English, French, German, historical communications, history, music, philosophy, political
science, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish and certain individualized majors.
Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major
programs: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration,
chemistry, computer information systems, computer science, cooperative engineering,
cooperative forestry, elementary education, health care management, hotel management,
international business, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, and certain
individualized majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical
Technology, and Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students
completing requirements for the appropriate major program.
Associate Degrees
Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of
Science degree in accounting, general studies or business administration, or the Associate of
Arts degree in general studies.
Privacy of Student Records
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which provides
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of their
records, and the right to confidentiality of their records.
The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and, in the case of
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students' records to report on
social and academic accomplishments.
Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to comply fully,
was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students
to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 7
inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the
right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA)
concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act.
Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance
with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices:
Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the Faculty. The
policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also maintain
a Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students by this
institution.
Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to
the Registrar's Office.
Credit Hours
A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit
designation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A
course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours.
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate.
Graduation Requirements
Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 120 credit hours
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 18), and the
requirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives.
In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education
requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one
physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season
of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science.
Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement.
Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including
the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit hours toward
the degree must be in residence.
Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a major
grade point average of 2.00.
The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students
in all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours.
The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work.
Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general
education requirements.
Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the
36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the college' s programs
qualify as work done in residence.
Advising Program
Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration procedures,
course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is required to obtain
8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1998-99 Catalog
the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, election of pass/fail
option, and/or change in credit/audit status.
Arrangement of Schedules
Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with, and by approval
of, his or her faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during registration
periods. New students accomplish this on orientation days.
Limit of Hours
To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester.
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's
adviser and permission of the registrar. Audited courses are counted in determining the
course load, but music organizations are not. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits the
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3 .0 or higher, or be a senior. Students
shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour beyond 17 (not counting music
organizations).
Class Standing
Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 28,
56, or 84 credit hours respectively.
Transfer Credit
A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student
must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other
institution or institutions.
Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- ( 1 .67) or better and the work
is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus transferred
count for credit hours only, not for quality points.
A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended
institution. Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received a
D shall not be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement.
Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate
has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs
of the college and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be
accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90
credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree.
In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate degree
within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or the nature
of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant will normally
be notified at the time of admission.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9
Discontinuance of Courses
The college reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course.
Registration and Preregistration
Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester.
Preference is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to ensure registration
in courses required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the
designated times shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after
the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar.
On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they have
a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during the
second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the time they
have completed 60 credit hours.
Change of Registration
Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit,
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser. In
most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been in
session for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw from
a course during the first ten (10) weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen
may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with
permission of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student' s
request after Add/Drop Day.
Auditing Courses
Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser.
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the hmit of hours which
may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, but the
registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A change of
registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished by the end of
the tenth week of semester classes.
Pass/Fail
After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to two
courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only six such
courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by students to
be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general education program,
the major(s), the minor(s), and secondary education certification. A student may select or
cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10 weeks of a semester. Passing with
honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned.
Repetition of Courses
A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course,
subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by the
college at the Annville campus or one of the satellite sites. Semester hours credit are given only
10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1998-99 Catalog
once. The grade received each time taken is computed in the semester grade point average.
Each semester grade report will show hours credit each time passed, but the total hours toward
a degree will be equal only to the semester hours credit for the course. For a course previously
passed P/F, the grade received in the subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher
grade." Each grade received remains on the permanent record and a notation is made thereon
that the course has been repeated.
Concurrent Courses
A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses
concurrently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the
registrar.
External Summer Courses
A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses taken
during the summer at another college, unless such courses have prior approval of his or her
adviser and the registrar.
Attendance Policy
Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course,
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations shall
make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. Upon the recommendation of
the instructor and the approval of the registrar a grade of W will be assigned during the first
10 weeks of the semester, and an F will be assigned after that date.
Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course
requirements.
In-Absentia
The college treats students in domestic or foreign study programs and in the Washington
Semester Program as students-in-absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or
academic year at another institution but with the intent of returning to the college is
considered a matriculated student. A student desiring in-absentia status should complete the
form in the registrar' s office and secure the approval of the adviser, the registrar and the dean
of international programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign-
up after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States.
Leave of Absence
For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a
voluntary leave from the college for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave
should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the vice
president and dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and
retain their status for registration or room sign-up. Students on leave will receive information
on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The college reserves the right to
require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it is deemed reasonably necessary
to protect the student, other students, members of the college community, or the interests of
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1
the college itself. Before a student returns from a medical leave of absence, a clearance
interview with one of the counseling psychologists, the dean of students or the vice president
and dean of the faculty as well as additional documentation may be required.
Withdrawal from College and Readmission
To withdraw from college a student must complete an official withdrawal form obtained
from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official withdrawal form
obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student requires written
permission from the vice president and dean of the faculty.
Second Bachelor's Degrees
A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the
following requirements:
1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at
Lebanon Valley.
2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met satisfac-
torily.
3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used
to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major.
4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second
degree program.
5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MSC 44 1 )
may be counted toward a second degree.
6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet
any Lebanon Valley general education requirements.
7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non-
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience.
8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree.
9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail.
Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit
Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 1 5 credits toward an associate' s degree through
non-traditional means (challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit for life
experience). All non-traditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S) or
unsatisfactory (U). An unsatisfactory grade on any non-traditional examination will not be
recorded on the permanent record.
Challenge Exam Policy
Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students should
request challenge examinations through their academic advisors. Part-time students and
those students enrolled through continuing education should make application for challenge
12 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1998-99 Catalog
exams through the continuing education office. All requests must be approved by the registrar
and the chairperson of the department in which the course is listed.
Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area.
The grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The exact
nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chairperson of the
department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally employed by the
department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each challenge exam, and it is
charged without regard to the test results.
Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a course
equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting credit by
examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring credit for a
course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, independent
study, writing intensive courses, and courses with laboratory components are normally not
subject to credit by examination. Individual departments may have additional criteria
regarding challenge exams. Consult the chairperson of the department in which the course
is listed for specific information.
Advanced Placement Policy
Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering
students who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. For
scores of 3, final determination is made by the appropriate department.
Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests
of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined
appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department.
CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy
Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are
approved by the college. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with a
minimum score of 480 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination.
A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, only
three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit
shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College.
Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student has
completed 30 credits.
Credit for Life Experience Policy
Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit for
knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the college curriculum.
The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in the college
curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive knowledge in
the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such credit may petition
the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students enrolled in the
continuing education program must petition through the continuing education office. This
petition must:
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 13
(1) detail the relevant experience in question
(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence
(3) note the equivalent college course by department and number
(4) state the number of credit hours sought.
The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the continuing
education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for
evaluating the experience.
Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the
signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the
vice president and dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled
through the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the vice
president and dean of the faculty.
Experiential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot exceed
a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program.
Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages
Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in a
course, students receive the following quality points:
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
.67
F
.00
F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade point
averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality points by
the credit hours completed.
Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a major
grade point average of 2.00.
Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989 must meet gradu-
ation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students and
continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation require-
ments by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 grade point
average in their major, any second major, and any minor.
A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed.
In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work
is incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals for
an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next semester.
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, except for
first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. For physical
education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded.
14 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1998-99 Catalog
Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact the
instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course in
question.
Grades are sent to the parents and/or guardians of full-time students who meet the Internal
Revenue Service regulations for dependent status. Independent full-time students must
notify the registrar and provide adequate documentation of their status.
Academic and Graduation Honors
The Dean 's List
Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 credit
hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester.
Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List
by meeting the following terms:
(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs
(2) must be enrolled for at least six credit hours
(3) must achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40.
Graduation Honors
After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work a student may
qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for grade
point averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74, and
Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.40 - 3.59.
Departmental Honors
All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation;
a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time
members of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own
choosing under the supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative
work. A maximum of nine hours credit may be earned in departmental honors.
Phi Alpha Epsilon
Students graduating with grade point averages of 3 .50 or higher are eligible for induction
into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence
work.
Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty
shall not be tolerated. Once action has been taken on a matter of academic dishonesty, the
student forfeits the right to withdraw from the course.
For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken beyond failure from the
course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student
by the vice president and dean of the faculty, explaining the policy regarding further offenses,
and the right of appeal.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 15
For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the dean shall so inform the
faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the vice president and dean of the faculty has the
authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the college.
For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the college are mandatory.
The vice president and dean of the faculty has the authority to make a determination of
whether actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic
dishonesty "offenses" as above.
Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty
member to the vice president and dean of the faculty. The dean shall retain the information
for at least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the college. Information and evidence
concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the college.
All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the vice
president and dean of the faculty, who will serve as final arbiter.
Probation and Suspension
Students can be placed on academic probation, suspended or dismissed if their academic
standing fails to come up to the grade point average shown in the following table:
Semester
Suspension or
Hours
Probation
Dismissal
1-18
1.50
19-36
1.60
1 .50 cumulative
37-54
1.70
55-72
1.80
1 .70 cumulative
73-90
1.90
91 or more
2.00
1.90 cumulative
A student placed on academic probation is notified of such status by the vice president and
dean of the faculty and informed of the college regulations governing probationers. Students
on probation are expected to regulate their work and their time in a most determined effort
to bring their performances up to the required standard. A student on probation who desires
to begin a new activity or continue in an activity already begun, shall submit an appeal to the
vice president and dean of the faculty. After consultation with the student' s major adviser and
parents, the vice president and dean of the faculty will render a binding decision.
A student suspended for academic reasons normally is not eligible for reinstatement for
one semester. A student seeking reinstatement must petition in writing to the vice president
and dean of the faculty.
A student twice suspended shall be considered for readmission only after completing
appropriate academic work at an accredited college.
Veterans' Services
Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment to
the registrar after they register for each semester or summer session. The registrar will then
submit certification to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete the
appropriate forms in the registrar's office before certification will be sent to the Veterans
Administration.
16 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1998-99 Catalog
Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two
consecutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with
questions about the college or their status with the college should contact the registrar.
Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges
Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of Servicemember' s
Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post secondary
education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon Valley College
recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed itself to easing the
transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency requirements, and crediting
learning from appropriate military training and experiences.
Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students
Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students:
students with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or
Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must
present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the
registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic department
shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall be
charged for this service.
Lebanon Valley College
Undergraduate Academic Regulations 17
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
General Education Program
Through the General Education Program the college most directly expresses its commit-
ment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The program has
four components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and disciplinary perspec-
tives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, skilled in
communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant and able to continue to learn
in a rapidly changing world.
The General Education Program aims to help students:
• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis;
• practice clear and effective communication;
• learn methods essential for study and research;
• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines;
• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments;
• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own;
• integrate different ways of learning and understanding.
The program consists of coursework in the following four areas:
Communications. 15 credit hours.
English Communications (2 courses)
Writing Requirement (3 courses)
Electronic Information Proficiency
This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life.
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities
to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career.
English Communications. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the related
skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing, and bibliographic access through
database searching.
Requirement: ENG 111/112.
Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete three
courses designated Writing Intensive preferably one each during the sophomore, junior and
senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in these courses and
will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the course grade.
Requirement: Three courses from an approved list.
Approved: BIO 307, 312, 322; BUS 230, 420, 425, 480, 485; CHM 222, 321, 322; ECN
312, 321, 332;ELM361;ENG213,221, 222, 225,226,310,315,330,341, 342,
350, 360; FRN 4 1 0, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 400-4 1 9, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207,
225, 226, 227, 253, 261, 262, 325, 326; LSP 350; MRT 371, 372; MSC 201,
334;PHL215,220,300, 301-335, 336,337,349;PHY328;PSC220, 350; PSY
210,321, 335, 343,443;REL311, 312,322, 337;SOC 322,324,331,333,362,
382; SPA 3 10, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460.
18 Undergiaduate Academic Programs 1998-99 Catalog
Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement.
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access
and retrieval as appropriate.
Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours.
Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area.
Group I Group II Group III
History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art
Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy
Courses in this component provide breadth by introducing fundamental concepts,
methods, and content in disciplines essential to a liberal education.
Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area.
Group I
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of
the principal developments in European and American history.
Approved: AMS 111; HIS 101, 102, 111, 112, 125, 126,291,311.
Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theories
and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to evaluate,
integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior.
Approved: ECN 100, 101; PSC 111, 112, 130, 160; PSY 100; SOC 110, 120, 391.
Group II
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science,
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the
practice of science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and
technology.
Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111, 112;CHM 100, 111/113, 112/1 14; PHY 100, 103,
104, 111, 112; PSY 210; SCI 100.
Area 4: Mathematics.Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathematical
constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers and
limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society.
Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170, 270.
Group III
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art.Courses acquaint students with significant works of artistic
expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic
experience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 19
Approved: ART 1 10, 201, 203, 207, 391; ENG 120, 221, 222, 227, 228, 229, 391; GMN
460; MSC 100, 200, 201, 342.
Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical
perspectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for
other value systems.
Approved: PHL 1 10, 130, 140, 160; REL 1 10, 120, 130, 160.
Foreign Studies. Nine credit hours.
Two courses in a foreign language.
One course from a list approved for this component.
This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel and
trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students understand,
interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems different
from their own.
Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspective
essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students understand
that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language
provides special access to a particular human society.
Requirement: Two courses.
Options: 1 . Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intermediate
level. FRN, GER, SPA 201/202.
2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, SPA 101/102.
3 . Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years), (FRN, GMN,
SPA 101/102).
4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department).
Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle
East, and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious, or
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other consider-
ations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures.
Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list.
Approved: HIS 27 1,273, 275, 277, 279; PHL 251, 252; PSC 140, 150, 211; REL 115, 116,
253, 260, 265; SPA 460.
Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours.
One course from a list approved for this component.
Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to
20 Undergraduate Academic Programs 1998-99 Catalog
I
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least two
disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, and challenge them
to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required.
Requirement: one course from an approved list.
Approved: AMS 311; DSP 301, 310, 390; HIS 325, 326; PHL 337, 342, 349; PSY 350;
REL 332, 337, 342; SOC 326.
Interdisciplinary Course (DSP):
DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses in
this category. 3 credits.
A student may petition the vice president and dean of the faculty to substitute another
course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program.
Cooperative Programs
Allied Health Professions
Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The
College of Health Professions of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate programs
in cytotechnology, cytogenetics, diagnostic imaging (radiography/ultrasound), nursing, and
occupational therapy, and also offers an entry-level master's program in physical therapy.
Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and
depends upon the academic record, recommendations and often an interview. If accepted, the
student spends two years (three years for physical therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University
taking professional and clinical courses. Upon successful completion of the program, the
student is awarded a baccalaureate degree (or master's, for physical therapy) by Thomas
Jefferson University.
Engineering
In the cooperative "3+2" engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution.
Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then usually do two additional
years of work in engineering. Students may study engineering at any accredited engineering
school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College has cooperative (contractual) agree-
ments with The Pennsylvania State University at both University Park and Harrisburg; Case
Western Reserve University in Cleveland; and Widener University in Chester, PA. There are
three tracks for "3+2" engineering. For most fields of engineering (e.g., civil, mechanical,
electrical), the student completes the B.S. physics track. For chemical engineering, the
student completes the B.S. chemistry track. For the computer engineering, the student
completes the B.S. computer science track. Currently, LVC students in the "3+2" engineering
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 21
program are attending Penn State-University Park and Case Western Reserve. For more
information, contact Professor Michael Day (Director "3+2" Engineering).
Forestry and Environmental Studies
Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student
will receive the professional degreeof Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics,
political science, or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College.
Program Requirements:
Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies
through the cooperative program ("3+2") with Duke University may major in biology,
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall take
BIOlll,112,302;ECN101,102;MAS161orlll;MAS170,regardlessofmajor,andshall
meet the general requirements of the college.
Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science)
The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the
requirements of the college and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital with
a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year in
training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recommenda-
tions and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student is
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley
College. The college is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey Shore Medical Center
and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not limited to these affiliations and
may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
Major :mO 111,112, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; CHM 111,112,113,114,
213,214,215,216;PHY 103, 104;MAS 170(51 credits). The senioryear is spentoff-campus
at an accredited hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to
apply and become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are
awarded for the successful completion of this year.
Pre-Professional Programs
Pre-Law Program
Although there is no pre-law major or department, a pre-law student is advised to take
certain courses which will help prepare him or her for law school and a legal career. Each
student should confer with the pre-law adviser in selecting a specific pattern of courses
22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 1998-99 Catalog
appropriate to that student's objectives. Generally recommended courses are as follows:
ACT 161; BUS 371, 372; ECN 101, 102; PSC 111, 112, 315, 316, and 415.
Pre-Medical, Pre-Dentistry, P re-Veterinary
Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine,
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields.
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major
in biochemistry, biology, chemistry, physics or psychobiology.
In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student
who is interested in veterinary medicine may participate in a cooperative program between
the college and local veterinarians, specializing in both small and large animal medicine.
Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience in the field.
A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to
offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers.
Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest
schools including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, The University of Pennsylva-
nia, The University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical School, The Pennsylvania State
University Medical School at Hershey, Temple University, The University of Maryland, The
Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania College of Podiatric
Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of Optometry.
Individualized Major
The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the college and its faculty are
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses.
A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application which includes
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level.
The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the faculty for
final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the program
must be submitted to the dean for approval.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration)
with an individualized major.
Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus those
courses to meet the general requirements of the college.
Internships
An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government, or not-for-profit
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 23
education in a variety of settings.
To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a
student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive
permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. The
student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring the
internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. Application
forms for internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application form shall
be completed by the student and approved by the student's academic adviser, faculty
internship supervisor, on-site internship supervisor, and the department chairperson prior to
registration.
For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at the
internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria and
procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships have
an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars, and/or
faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-1 2 credit hours of internship during any one
semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet graduation
requirements. All internships have a course number of 400.
Independent Study
Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading,
research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent study
should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate an
existing course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or senior
standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 are required.
For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45
clock hours of time in reading, research, or report writing. The independent study involves
a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee
the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the
office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the
student's faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson.
Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any one
semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward the
graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500.
Tutorial Study
Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal
course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students
desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise
the study on a one-on-one basis.
For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of time
in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the student and
the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, report writing,
faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the same course
number as the existing formal catalog course.
24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 1998-99 Catalog
Special Topics Courses
From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following
course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal
courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently.
These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special interest.
Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific course
title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record.
Study Abroad
Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students
majoring in all subjects. All programs insure a cultural immersion experience for students,
with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also offering a
language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in London, Crete, Salamanca,
Montpellier, and Cologne. Lebanon Valley also has an exchange affiliation with Anglia
Polytechnic University in England, which allows any major to take introductory or advanced
courses there while an equal number of British students study at the Annville campus. While
students may study anywhere in the world, those who attend one of Lebanon Valley's
programs keep all financial aid, including Lebanon Valley scholarships, which insures that
students pay the same fees for tuition, room, and board at any of the Lebanon Valley
programs. Further information may be obtained at the Office of International Programs,
HUM 108, Ext. 6248. See In- Absentia on page 1 1.
Washington Semester Program
Juniors and seniors in any major field, who have at least a 2.5 grade point average and have
had basic courses in American national government, are eligible to participate in this program
with approval of their department chairperson. This program is offered in cooperation with
The American University in Washington, D.C. Information is available from the chairperson
of the Department of Political Science and Economics. See In-Absentia on page 11.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 25
UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS
DEPARTMENT OF ART
The Art Department enriches students' understanding of their visual environment using
such methods as formal analysis of actual art objects, research of art historical problems, and
hands-on exercises with two- and three-dimensional materials. In addition to working in
classroom and studio settings, students learn from structured visits to the Suzanne H. Arnold
Art Gallery and field trips to regional and national museums. Through the minor in art, the
department offers students the opportunity to develop skills that will serve them in their maj or
field: creativity, analysis, research, and communication.
Art Program
Degree Requirements:
No major is offered in art.
Minor: ART 1 10, 121, 201, 203, 270, one elective course in art (18 credits).
Courses in Art (ART):
110. Introduction ^oAr/. A general survey of visual art and art history. Through slide lectures
and studio projects, students gain confidence in looking at, analyzing, and writing about art.
3 credits.
121. Drawing I. An introduction to the fundamentals of drawing. Students will practice
seeing and rendering contour, gesture, mass and volume, texture, negative space and linear
relationships. A variety of drawing media will be explored. 3 credits.
722. Drawing II. An introduction to advanced drawing skills. Students learn to shift their
attention from the isolated object to the whole image, focusing on the creation of three-
dimensional space in a fully realized composition. The figure and the landscape will serve
as subject matter. Prerequisite: ART 121 or permission. 3 credits.
201. Art History I. Prehistoric through medieval art. Time-travel to the paintings, sculpture,
architecture, and material culture of prehistoric Europe, the Near East, Egypt, Greece,
Rome... all the way through the art of the middle ages. Emphasizing stylistic development and
cultural history, this course aims to cultivate fundamental skills of visual analysis and critical
description. 3 credits.
203. Art History II. Renaissance through the Twentieth Century. Study the visual culture of
Europe, North America, and other regions from the 14th century through present times. From
da Vinci to Warhol, and from Fragonard to Frank Lloyd Wright, this course examines
painting, sculpture, and architecture in terms of style, subject matter, and historical context,
with special attention given to aesthetics, economics, gender, and nationalism. 3 credits.
26 Art 1998-99 Catalog
205. American Art History. This course introduces students to American art from c. 1 650 to
c. 1990. Rather than an exhaustive survey of all artists and artistic movements, this course
gives students a critical grounding in selected important themes in American art. Emphasiz-
ing cultural history, this trek through American art concentrates on painting with stopovers
in architecture, film, photography, and sculpture. 3 credits.
207. German Art From the Middle Ages to Today . This course will cover the development
of art from the Gothic paintings of Stefan Lochner (Cologne School) to the watercolors and
performances of Joseph Beuys. German art and artists will be emphasized, but placed within
their international framework. Participants will study major movements including Romantik,
Briicke, Blauer Reiter, Dada, Fluxus, and Neue Wilde, in the context of formal lectures and
many visits to galleries, museums and workshops. Students will make the acquaintance of
important artists of the city. Offered in the Cologne Program. 3 credits.
270. Ceramics I. Explores a number of clay forming techniques, including pinch, coil, and
slab construction, and throwing on the wheel. Projects are finished using a range of low
temperature surface treatments from glaze and underglaze painting to outdoor sawdust
firings. Students will learn from the work of master potters through slide lectures and research
into ceramic history. Individual creativity is emphasized. 3 credits.
391. British Art of the 19th and 20th Century. This course will examine the major figures
and movements in British Art of the last two centuries. Offered in the London Program.
4 credits.
401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in
elementary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes. 3 credits.
Faculty
Leslie E. Bowen, lecturer in art.
M.F.A., Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts.
Bowen' s expertise is in painting and drawing. Due to her love of art history, she particularly
enjoys teaching Introduction to Art to non-art students, broadening their experience to
include a greater understanding and appreciation of the arts.
Patricia Fay, assistant professor of art. Chairperson.
M.F.A., University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Fay's passion for the traditional pottery practices of the West Indies helped her to win a
Fulbright Fellowship for a year's study in St. Lucia. She is also an accomplished artist who
teaches Ceramics, Introduction to Art, and Art and Identity in Africa and Caribbean.
G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence.
M.F.A., University of Kansas.
Massad is a nationally recognized pastel painter of still lifes, whose works are included in such
distinguished collections as the Metropolitan Museum of Art and the Philadelphia Museum of
Art. Students will have a rare chance to study pastel painting with this acclaimed artist.
Lebanon Valley College Art 27
Leo Mazow, assistant professor of art. Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Mazow is a specialist in American art history. He teaches art history courses and directs the
college gallery.
Ellen Nicholas, adjunct instructor in art.
B.S., Kutztown State University.
Nicholas is committed to integrating art into the general elementary school curriculum as a way
of exploring ideas and solving problems in all subjects. She teaches Art in the Elementary School.
Marie Riegle, adjunct instructor in art.
M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Riegle, who teaches Drawing I and Introduction to Art, is an artist and award-winning writer
of literature for young people. She is also interested in gardening and science, and is working
with the biology department to develop a course on botanical illustration.
28 Art
1998-99 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Biology Program
The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well-versed in the
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain honest
academic conduct.
The Biology Department curriculum ( 1 ) employs the underlying principles of biology and
requires a background in the supporting disciplines, (2) requires the application of the
scientific method in the laboratory or field, (3) integrates informational retrieval, the
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings, and (4)
prepares students for graduate, professional, and technical fields.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology.
Major: BIO 111,112, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of physiology, cellular
and subcellular biology, botany, morphology, and population biology, and four additional
hours of biology (33 credits). CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16credits); PHY
103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12; MAS 161 or 1 1 1 (61-63 total credits).
Mmor; BIO 101, 102, or BIO 111, 11 2; plus four additional courses in biology (24 total credits).
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology must
take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430
and 440.
Courses in Biology (BIO):
BIO 111 and 1 12 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless otherwise
noted.
101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis,
major organ systems, immunity, and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology, and ECG. 4 credits.
102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging from
basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early stages are also covered.
Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both chromosomal and
gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and application of genetics
to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The laboratory is intended to give
the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, performing experiments, and
working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the laboratory include studying
prepared shdes, performing genetic crosses, activating genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and
learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Biology 29
103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and
current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, ozone
depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of wetlands,
energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises are
designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits.
111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology,
and evolution. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohydrate analysis, isola-
tion and identification of plant pigments, histological techniques, and animal taxonomy.
4 credits.
112. General Biology 11. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers
concepts in physiology, embryology, botany and ecology. Laboratory exercises include
shark anatomy, invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angio-
sperms, and stomate response to environmental changes. Prerequisite: BIO 1 1 1 or permission.
4 credits.
201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and molecular
genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical and
molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of
chemistry or permission. 4 credits.
221. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates.
4 credits.
302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the
structure of algae and plants and with the identification of flowering plants in the local flora.
Prerequisite: BIO 112 or permission. 4 credits.
304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis.
4 credits.
305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy
of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and organelles, cell
motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation to
function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected histochemi-
cal and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques. 4 credits.
30 Biology 1998-99 Catalog
306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology, and biochemistry of represen-
tative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques and
procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits.
307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants.
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing intensive. 4 credits.
312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine, and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites:
BIO 1 12 or permission. Writing intensive. 4 credits.
322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with emphasis
on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the interactions of
the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 12 and one
semester of chemistry, or permission. Writing intensive. 4 credits.
323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological, and
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion
of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity, and antibody-mediated immune responses.
The course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are
discussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity,
histocompatibility, immunogenetics, and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO
111,112 and CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 3 or equivalent or permission. 3 credits.
342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events and
cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the extent of the
impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. Through lectures,
student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a one-day field trip to
Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human lives will be investigated.
3 credits. Disciplinary Perspectives. For all majors, no prerequisites.
360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seeking
certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting in the
preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and preparation,
administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission of the
instructor. 1 credit.
402. Invertebrate Zoology. A study of most of the major invertebrate phyla, concentrating
on movement, metabolism, information and control, reproduction and association between
animals. 4 credits.
404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students will
learn the proper use, application, and limitations of the appropriate instruments. Prerequisite:
BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Biology 3 1
409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the
instructor. 4 credits.
499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits.
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program
The Biology Department offers a biochemistry program in conjunction with the Chem-
istry Department, described on page 45. The major in biochemistry is an interdisciplinary
program that provides an opportunity for interested students to engage in a comprehensive
study of the chemical basis of biological processes. It is designed to prepare students for
advanced study in medical, dental, and other professional schools, for graduate programs in
a variety of subjects including biochemistry, clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular
biology, genetics, microbiology, and physiology, and for research positions in industrial,
academic, and government laboratories.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry.
Mfl/or.- BIO 111, 112, 201;CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216;BCH 401, 421, 422,
430,499;MAS 161;PHY 103, 104 orlll,112(51credits);nine credits fromBIO 305,306,
307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311.
Courses in Biochemistry (BCH):
401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering)
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits.
421,422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids, and carbohy-
drates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular weight
determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, mem-
brane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, electron
transport, and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 312 or permis-
sion. 3 credits per semester.
430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids,
carbohydrates, and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit.
499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio-
chemistry. 1 credit.
32 Biology 1998-99 Catalog
Psychobiology Program
The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and
Psychology, described on pages 30 and 112. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the
physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of
psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in
medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, physi-
ological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics, and neuroscience, as well as
research positions in industry, universities, hospitals, and government laboratories.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology.
Major: BIO 1 11, 1 12, 201, 322 (16 credits); PSY 1 10, 210, 216, 358 plus one course from
thefollowing:PSY335,350,355,431(16credits);BIO499orPBI499;CHMlll,112,113,
114 (8 credits); MAS 161; plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with
adviser. RecommendedCHM213, 214, 215, 216, PHY 103, 104 or 1 1 1, 1 12. 52 total credits.
Courses in Psychobiology (PBI):
358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception,
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. The laboratory
portion of the course includes sheep brain dissection. Prerequisite: PSY 110, 210 or
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Psychology 358.}
499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on selected topics in
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit.
Faculty
Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, psychobiology,
and participates in general biology. He believes in introducing his students to a wide range
of laboratory experiences including modem instrumentation and computer-assisted data
collection. His research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat
energy budgets, and computer analysis and simulation of animal-environment interactions.
He is also director of the Summer Youth Scholars Institute.
Stacy A. Hazen, assistant professor of biology.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
She teaches general biology, coordinates the general biology laboratories, and supervises the
senior seminar. Her research interests include the functioning of carbonic anhydrase
isozymes; and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis.
Lebanon Valley College Biology 33
Sidney Pollack, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is the
academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research
interests include Paramecium genetics.
Susan Verhoek, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships
and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is
on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in plants
that flower in the spring.
Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis.
He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years,
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years of
experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session.
Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, ecology and
environmental science. His research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with
particular emphasis on saltmarshes of Eastern United States and methane production in
freshwater marshes. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of marine biology in the
Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware.
Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Vermont.
He teaches comparative histology, developmental biology, invertebrate zoology, electron
microscopy, general biology, and parasitology, and directs independent study in cell biology
using electron microscopic and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine
shrimp, Artemia, to study the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive,
reproductive, and neurosensory systems.
Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology.
34 Biology 1998-99 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The Department of Business Administration offers programs leading to the bachelor of
science degree in accounting, business, health care management, hotel management and
international business. The department also offers business concentrations in human re-
source management, management, and marketing and minors in accounting, business and
hotel management. The programs are designed to provide students with a sound, integrated
knowledge of accounting, business, economics and communications as well as related
courses from supporting disciplines. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core
required of all Lebanon Valley College students, and by the extensive application of
computers in relevant courses. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for
assuming leadership positions in the changing business environment.
Business students complete a common body of knowledge in close conformity with the
national standards for the study of business administration as recommended by The
International Association for Management Education. A 36-hour core is required of all
department majors to ensure a strong, comprehensive background in business fundamentals.
As a result, graduates are prepared for business careers and graduate schools.
Accounting Program
The program in accounting offers the bachelor of science degree in accounting. Majors
receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P. A. or C.M.A.
The accounting curriculum prepares the student for careers in public accounting, governmen-
tal, industry, or finance.
The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate, and advanced accounting
topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields.
The 24 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting
background to sit for the C.P.A. exam.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting.
Major. Business core which includes ACT 151, 152; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170;
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; ACT 251, 252, 353; nine credit hours in accounting
electives; BUS 322 (57 credits).
Minor. ACT 151, 152, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives (21 credits).
Courses in Accounting (ACT):
151. Principles of Accounting 1. Fundamental principles and concepts of accounting
encompassing business transactions, the accounting cycle, and classified financial state-
ments including discussion of various topics relating to balance sheet and income statement
items. For accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT 151 and ACT 161.3 credits.
752. Principles of Accounting 11. A continuation of Principles of Accounting I focusing
upon accounting concepts, partnerships, and business transactions related to corporate
liabilities, equity, and investments. Includes basic financial analysis. For accounting majors.
Prerequisite: ACT 151 or ACT 161 with minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Business Administration 35
161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for business
transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of owners'
equity. An introductory course for non-accounting majors. Credit not awarded for both ACT
151 and ACT 161. 3 credits.
162. Managerial Accounting. Cost-volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision
making. Prerequisite: ACT 151 or 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
251. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets 3 credits.
252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, effects of errors and
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 25 1 with a
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
253. Intermediate Accounting III. Analysis of more specialized financial accounting topics
including pension plans, post-retirement benefits, leases, income taxes, accounting charges,
cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, and changing prices. Computer compo-
nent. Strongly recommended for accounting majors. Highly recommended for accounting
majors. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
557. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income
presentation, interim reporting, and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combina-
tions and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits.
353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; the
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost
systems, thejoint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based costing
and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits.
451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 152. 3 credits.
452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT
451. 3 credits.
455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
36 Business Administration 1998-99 Catalog
Business Program
This popular program offers the bachelor of science degree in business. This major is
designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-management positions
in industry, government, and service organizations.
The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge
recommended by The International Association for Management Education and provides a
solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors select a concentration from three
possible areas: human resource management, management, or marketing to specialize
beyond the departmental core.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business.
Major: Business core which includes ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 170; ENG 210;
BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485; and one of the following concentrations (57 credits):
Human Resource Management - BUS 130, 322, 420, 425, 480; HIS 326; and one
of the following: SWK 242; PSY 346, PSY 431.
Management - BUS 130, 322, 380, 460, 480, 483; HIS 326.
Marketing - BUS 130, 322, 341, 364, 374, 484; HIS 326.
Minor: ACT 151 or 161; ECN 101; BUS 130, 230, 340, 371; one department elective (21
credits).
Courses in Business (BUS):
130. Principles of Business. An examination of the principles of business administration.
Emphasis is on understanding the nature and composition of business organizations and the
expectations of those preparing for entry into this field. 3 credits.
215. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical care
to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective manner.
Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the hospital,
and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the insurance
industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits.
230. Management and Organizations. A study of management principles, organizational
theory, and administrative techniques as applied to the effective and efficient operation of
both profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasizes the organization' s structure, leadership,
interpersonal relationships, and managerial functions. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
322. Quantitative Methods. An introduction to some of the quantitative methods used in
modern management science and economics. Topics include probability concepts, forecast-
ing, decision theory, linear programming, queuing theory, network models, and Markov
analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 170 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective.
Topics include marketing strategies; marketing research; consumer behavior; selecting
Lebanon Valley College Business Administration 37
target markets; developing, pricing, distributing, and promoting products and services and
non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
341. Consumer & Business Buying Behavior. Analysis of factors affecting purchase
decisions in the marketplace; application of behavioral and social science concepts to the
study of consumer behavior. Emphasis on use of knowledge of consumer behavior for
marketing decisions. Prerequisite: BUS 230 and 340, or permission. 3 credits.
350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational
behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in the
workplace to improve individual, group, and organizational performance. Prerequisite:
junior standing and BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
361. Managerial Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset,
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other financial
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits.
362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal, and
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery,
policy, management investment types, and the development of portfolios for individuals and
institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits.
364. Advertising. The role advertising plays in American life and its effect upon consumer
behavior. Analysis of media strategies, functions of advertising agencies, creation of
successful advertisements, and the legal and ethical restraints on advertising. Prerequisite:
BUS 340. 3 credits.
371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank-
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits.
372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency,
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation,
estates, bankruptcy. 3 credits.
374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a
communication process, and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is
placed upon the development, implementation, and evaluation of the sales presentation; and
upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling, and
evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. Prerequi-
site: BUS 340 or permission. 3 credits.
376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 230, 340. 3 credits.
38 Business Administration 1998-99 Catalog
1
380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization,
staffing, production, marketing, and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating, and disciplining human resources.
It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-management
relations. Prerequisite: BUS 230 or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
425. Labor Management Relations. Emphasizes origin, growth, and development of labor
organizations and their impact on management practices. Topics include legislation affecting
industrial relations; collective bargaining; contract administration; industrial jurisprudence;
and arbitration. Prerequisite: BUS 230, or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information
in management planning, operations, and control in various types of business environments.
Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials, and
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 152 or 162; BUS 230, or permission. 3 credits.
480. Contemporary Issues in Management. This course will focus on a study of contemp-
orary issues that managers will be called upon to deal with in the management of businesses
and organizations. Topics studied include drug testing in the workplace, the effects of AIDS
on businesses, dual career couples, sexual harassment, stress, equal employment oppor-
tunity, absenteeism, workforce diversity, gays and lesbians in the workforce, eldercare,
smoking policies in the workplace, downsizing, the "Mommy Track" and "Glass Ceiling" for
women in management, as well as other contemporary issues in management. Students will
read current materials on each area and discuss the implications of each on American
businesses and organizations. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
483. Operations Management. An overview of the production/operations management
function as applied to both manufacturing and service organizations. It provides a back-
ground of the concepts and processes used in the production/service operations area.
Integrated throughout are considerations of the information systems, the people involved, the
quantitative techniques employed, and the international implications. Prerequisite: BUS 230,
322, or permission. 3 credits.
484. Marketing Research. This course is an introduction to the methodology of marketing
research. Specific topics covered include problem formulation, research design, sample
design, data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, and presentation of research
findings. Prerequisite: MAS 170; BUS 230, 340. 3 credits.
485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under
conditions of uncertainty , integrating prior studies in management, accounting, and econom-
ics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 230, 340, 361 and senior
standing, or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Business Administration 39
487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes of
America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance systems,
financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical services, and
marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, accounting, and
economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate management
style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits.
Health Care Management Program
The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications
are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal arts
and management, plus business practices common to the health care industry.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management.
Mo/or.- Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 215,230,487; ECN
101, 102; ENG 111, 210; PHL 360; SOC 324; 12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or
other disciplines approved by the director of continuing education (at least six credits in
courses at the 200 level or higher); and any four of the following courses (12 credits): BUS
322, 340, 350, 361, 371, 372, 384, 420, 425, 480, 484; MAS 170(60-63 total).
Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed successfully
an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse,
Respiratory Therapist.
Hotel Management Program
The hotel management program offers the bachelor of science degree in hotel manage-
ment. The major is designed to prepare students for entry and middle management positions
in the rapidly expanding hotel industry. Graduates of this program find positions in the hotel
industry as banquet managers, front desk managers, food and beverage managers, personnel
managers, and hotel financial analysts.
The program also offers a minor in hotel management that may be taken in conjunction
with many other majors.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in hotel management.
Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; BUS 230, 340, 350, 361, 371, 485;
ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170; HTM 1 1 1, 1 12, 211, 222, 311, 322; and one
of the following; HTM 231, 331, 431 (57 credits).
Mmor.- HTM 111, 112, 211,222, 231,311; ACT 161 (21 credits).
40 Business Administration 1998-99 Catalog
Courses in Hotel Management (HTM):
111. Introduction to the Hospitality Industry. Examines the history, development and
operation of the hospitahty industry. Emphasis is on current organization problems, oppor-
tunities and trends. An overview of how the hospitality industry functions in the world
economy. Management orientation stressed. 3 credits.
112. Front Office Management. An analysis of the integrated functions of the front office
and housekeeping departments. Topics include work and information flow within and
between departments, demand forecasting, pricing strategies, reservations and control, front
desk responsibilities, guest services, emergency procedures, night auditing, and a general
introduction to the art of innkeeping. Materials, equipment and techniques involved in the
housekeeping function will also be analyzed. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits.
211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws.
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits.
221. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psychologi-
cal and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review of
consumer behavior in the hotel industry. Evaluating customer needs and services. Prerequi-
site: HTM 1 1 1 or permission. 3 credits.
222. Food and Beverage Management I. Introduction to the food and beverage functions
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language,
systems, equipment, operational responsibilities, management organizational patterns, nu-
trition, storage, and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits.
231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected
aspects of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry.
Prerequisite: HTM 112 and permission. 3 credits.
311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organiza-
tions: health, safety and security; building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair and
maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls; and energy
management. Prerequisite: HTM 1 12. 3 credits.
322. Food and Beverage Management H. Analysis of the food and beverage functions with
emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 1 12. 3 credits.
331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals, and faculty confer-
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite:
HTM 112, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Business Administration 41
431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected aspects
of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied by read-
ings, reports, journals, and faculty conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field
work in the hotel industry. 3 credits.
International Business Program
The program in international business provides an opportunity to integrate the study of
business with the knowledge of a foreign language, culture, and political science. It is
designed to equip students with the background and skills necessary to work with foreign
corporations within the United States and with American corporations abroad.
While acquiring a strong liberal arts background, students who elect this major will
receive training in accounting, management, economics and political science. They also will
become familiar with a foreign culture and will acquire proficiency in French, German or
Spanish. International business majors are required to complete an international internship
or a study abroad program. Internships must be approved by the department chairperson.
Prerequisite: junior/senior standing.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in international business.
Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; ENG 210; MAS 170;
BUS 230, 340, 350, 36 1 , 37 1 , 485 ; and two of the following: ECN 332, PSC 2 10, 1 30, 3 1 2;
and a minor in a foreign language.
Faculty
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of hotel management.
M.B.A., Michigan State University.
Boone has 1 8 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel
management programs. He serves as coordinator of the hotel management program and
teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and principles
of management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from
the Educational Institute of the AH&MA and he is a non-practicing C.P.A.
Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration.
J.D., University of Richmond.
Clark has experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory tax attorney
with the Internal Revenue Service. She serves as a management consultant to various state-
wide organizations. Clark teaches courses in business law, labor relations, human resource
management and management. She is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program.
42 Business Administration 1998-99 Catalog
Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. Chairperson.
M.B.A., Ohio State University.
Leonard has been a management consultant for 16 years, working with over 200 organiza-
tions . He has received numerous state and federal training grants for his work with nonprofit
organizations . He serves as director of the college's Supervisory Management Institute. He
teaches courses in organizational behavior, management, managerial finance, operations,
and strategic management and is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program. He has done
Ph.D. study at Ohio State University.
Leon E. Markowlcz, professor of business administration.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer iovThe Daily News of Lebanon. His
research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effectiveness
of an organization, and leadership. He teaches courses in communications.
Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration.
Ph.D., Union Graduate School.
Raffield is working on a third edition of his textbook on marketing management and teaches
courses in marketing, strategic management, advertising, consumer behavior and interna-
tional business management. He is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program and consults
with area businesses.
Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting.
M.B.A., Boston University.
A C.P.A., Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer
systems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting.
Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, associate professor of accounting.
J.D., Widener University.
Vlaisavljevic has worked in the public sector as a C.P. A. for nine years. She teaches courses
in auditing, governmental and non-profit accounting, and managerial accounting.
James F. Bednarski, adjunct instructor in business administration.
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College.
Bednarski is President of The Patriot Group, a management consulting firm concentrating in
strategic planning, information systems, process re-engineering and total quality manage-
ment. He teaches courses in management information systems.
Nancy L. Eastwood, adjunct instructor in business administration.
M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Eastwood has experience as a financial consultant for small businesses and a credit analyst
in the banking industry. She teaches managerial finance and is an M.B.A. faculty member .
Catherine M. Fitzgibbons, adjunct instructor in business administration.
J.D., Northwestern University School of Law.
Fitzgibbons is a partner in the law firm of Fitzgibbons & Fitzgibbons whose practice
specializes in estate planning, small business and real estate. She teaches business law and
is an M.B.A. faculty member.
Lebanon Valley College Business Administration 43
Steven Pecsok, adjunct assistant professor of business administration.
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Pecsok designs software for decision making. He teaches courses in quantitative methods and
economics.
Jeff Tsai, adjunct assistant professor of business administration.
Ph.D., Florida State University.
Tsai works for the Pennsylvania Bureau of Information Systems and teaches courses in
management information systems, operations management and economics.
Gene Veno, adjunct instructor of business administration.
M.P.A., Marywood College.
Veno has extensive experience in both pubHc and private sector health care administration.
He teaches courses in business and marketing.
Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor of business administration.
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University.
Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of academic
computing and user services. He teaches courses in management information systems and
computer applications.
44 Business Administration
1998-99 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Chemistry Program
Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed
for protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources,
improving our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow' s products. Indeed, chemis-
try is essential to understanding life itself.
Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter
industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis,
quality control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory include
teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business, and law. Many chemistry students
continue their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in professional
schools in the areas of medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine.
The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science
Center. Major scientific equipment available to students includes a superconducting nuclear
magnetic resonance spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared
spectrometer, a high performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array U V-visible
spectrophotometer, a Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer,
and an atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Computers available to students in the
department include 1 1 Power Macintosh computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory.
The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of labora-
tory research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the
summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants that
professors receive to support their projects.
Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry, and one for those interested in
biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two
degrees in chemistry, and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree has
a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard Bachelor
of Science, majoring in chemistry.
The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the major
program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 32.
The chemistry department participates in the "3+2" Engineering program and directs the
chemical engineering track. For details see Cooperative Programs page 21.
Degree Requirements:
Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry.
Ma/or5;(B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 11 1,1 12, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 307,
308, 3 1 1, 3 12, 321, 322, 41 1 ; six credits from CHM 49 1^98 or 590 or BCH 421, 422; four
credits of CHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 (63-64 credits).
(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 307,
308,311, 312,321, 322; six credits from CHM421,491-498;MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112;
(50-51 credits).
Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 45
Mmor.-CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12creditsfromCHM213,214,222, 305,306,311, 312,411
or BCH 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCH 430.
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry
must take BIO 111,1 12; BCH 421; CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including
EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440.
Courses in Chemistry (CHM):
100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium,
bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 100.
109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for
finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken
concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit.
Ill, 112. Principles of Chemistry 1, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science major.
First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, calcula-
tions involving chemical concentrations, gas laws, and bonding. Second semester covers
kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermodynamics,
electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school chemistry or
permission. 3 credits per semester.
113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112.
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electrochem-
istry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 1 1 for CHM 1 13 and CHM 1 12 for CHM
1 14. 1 credit per semester.
213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry.
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure of
various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits per semester.
275, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic
chemistry and modem instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance,
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 213 for CHM 215
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester.
222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions,
46 Chemistry 1998-99 Catalog
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the structures of soUds. Prereq-
uisite: CHM 112. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12 and MAS 161.3 credits.
306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography;
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotom-
etry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods.
Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits.
307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM
305. 1 credit.
308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit.
311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including phase
and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and non-ideal
solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 1 12, MAS 161, and
PHY 104 or 112. 3 credits.
312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective.
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics, and transport processes. Prerequisite:
CHM 31 1.3 credits.
321, 322. Physical Laboratory I,II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of the
principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry,
conductivity, viscometry, and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR spectroscopy
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 3 1 1 for CHM 32 1 and CHM 3 1 2 for CHM 322.
Writing intensive. 1 credit per semester.
360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation
of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. Prerequisites:
CHM 112, 1 14. 3 credits.
411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure,
spectroscopy, and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com-
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 47
421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design and
data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, optimi-
zation, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and chemical
instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 credits
510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester.
810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh computers
to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-processing,
graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular modeling, and the
Internet. 3 credits.
Course in Science (SCI):
100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology,
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students, and is appropriate for those
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits.
Faculty
Richard D. Cornelius, professor of chemistry. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Iowa; postdoctoral research, University of Wisconsin.
Inorganic chemistry. Cornelius works at the border of inorganic chemistry and biochemistry.
He has earned a national reputation for his work with computers in chemical education and
is currently exploring the educational possibilities of the World Wide Web.
Donald B. Dahlberg, professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Cornell University; postdoctoral work, University of Toronto.
Physical chemistry and chemometrics. Dahlberg does research in the application of multi-
variate statistics to chemical problems. He is also an industrial consultant in this area. He is
presently studying the use of chemometrics and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy in
the analysis of edible oils. Food manufacturers must perform dozens of expensive and time-
consuming analyses to guarantee the quality of their products. Through the use of modem
chemical instrumentation and sophisticated mathematical techniques, it may be possible to
replace these tests with just one.
Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University.
Biochemistry. Moe directs his research toward an understanding of enzyme active sites. He
uses a technique called affinity labeling to covalently label amino acid residues at enzyme
active sites. His research group carries out kinetic analyses of modified enzymes, identifies
labeled amino acids by chromatographic and protein sequencing methods, and studies active
site topography using computer-based molecular modeling.
48 Chemistry 1998-99 Catalog
Carl T. Wigal, assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio.
Organic chemistry. Wigal' s research is aimed at developing new strategies for synthesizing
natural products. Of particular interest to Wigal are the synthetic and mechanistic aspects of
addition reactions to 1, 4-quinones. He also is actively developing microscale experiments
for organic chemistry.
H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award
in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 1978.
Neidig' s pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments for
introductory chemistry.
Cynthia R. Johnston, adjunct instructor in chemistry.
B.S., Lebanon Valley College.
Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elementary
school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school.
Philip J. Oles, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
Analytical chemistry. Oles has extensive experience in chemical industry in the area of
analyzing foods for various nutrients.
John L. Snyder, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Villanova University.
Linda F. Ebright, adjunct assistant professor of chemistry.
M.S., University of Pittsburgh.
Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 49
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
The Department of Education prepares students for elementary, special education, and
secondary school teaching.
Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teachers
or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education, or secondary
education to an existing certificate. Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation
is possible; however, such certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may
require additional semesters.
Elementary education majors who pursue both elementary and special education certifi-
cations will be able to complete them within their four years of study, provided they
successfully and carefully complete the program as prescribed. Other combinations of areas
of teacher certification will most likely require additional semesters.
The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates
who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and
communities where they will live and work.
Education Program
Degree Requirements:
There is no major or minor in education.
Courses in Education (EDU):
110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of
influential educators. Includes required field practicum. 3 credits.
310. The Education of the Exceptional Child. An introduction to current research and
practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course includes attention
to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource personnel are
invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a minimum of one hour per week field
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. Prerequi-
sites: EDU 110, PSY 100 or PSY 210, and permission of instructor. Limited to teacher
certification candidates only. 3 credits.
346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the media and
technology used for educational communications. Includes materials, equipment, character-
istics, and competencies for effective use. Covers a wide range of media from chalk to
computers. Limited to sophomore education majors or to other teacher certification candi-
dates with permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program
The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors who
have a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a strong
liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and method-
ologies of all elementary school subjects.
The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully sequenced
50 Education 1998-99 Catalog
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all four
years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong relation-
ships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of two hours
per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers and children,
aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and completing tasks
on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Seniors spend the fall semester in full-
time student teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role.
Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care
centers, Head Start programs, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education.
Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 310; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280,
332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362, 499; ART 401; GPY 1 1 1; HIS 125; MAS 100 or equivalent;
PSY 100 or 210, 220, 321 (60 credits).
Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must complete 1 2 credit hours of ELM
440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in Elementary
Education.
Courses in Elementary Education (ELM):
220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing,
using notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Music 220.)
250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM Standards, the integration of
media and technology, writing across the curriculum, student assessments, and exceptional
children. Attention is given to the development of hands-on teaching activities, simulations,
and experiences which can be utilized effectively with any classroom population. 3 credits.
260. Principles and Practices in Early Childhood Education. An introduction to contem-
porary research, theories, programs, curricula, methods, and materials in early childhood
education, nursery school through grade 2. Includes required field experience in a local early
childhood center. Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of the instructor.
3 credits.
270. Children 's Literature. A study of the entire range of literature for children, from infants
through grade 8. All categories of children' s literature are experienced and studied, including
poetry, picture books, traditional literature, modem fantasy, realistic fiction, historical
fiction, nonfiction (biography, informational books, etc.), multicultural, and international
literature. Attention is given to the essential values and crucial benefits of using children's
literature in the classroom and in the home. Controversies involving children' s literature are
discussed openly, with special care given to a balanced examination of all such issues.
Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Education 5 1
280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate
school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 1-3 credits.
332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies
based on the Pennsylvania Science Benchmarks for Science Education. The course empha-
sizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special attention to
materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic assessment,
exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through sixth grade
students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, whole language approach to teaching
physical and environmental science. 3 credits.
341, 342. Teaching of Reading I, II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle
schools. Effective reading programs, methods, and materials are examined first hand.
Includes during each semester one hour per week of reading enrichment for selected
elementary school students. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 3 credits per semester.
344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease Control
and Prevention. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight
components in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of health
education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in
today ' s schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral, and religious issues often associated
with this area of the school curriculum. 3 credits.
361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking,
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage, spelling,
reading, and thinking. The course emphasizes media and technology, authentic assessment,
and exceptional children ' s language development. The course is designed to assist preservice
teachers in helping children to communicate effectively and responsibly through a process
writing, whole language, literature based, multidisciplined approach to teaching. Writing
intensive. 3 credits.
362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods and
role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood. The
curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of children as they relate to
developing values and attitudes and the planned study of people as they live and have lived
in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the examination of learning resources
are required. 3 credits.
52 Education 1998-99 Catalog
440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under the
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. A major grade
point average of at least 2.0 and a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 are required.
Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310; GPY 1 1 1; HIS 125; PSY 220,321; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280,
332, 341 , 342, 344, 36 1 , 362, and permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits.
499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are researched
and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to further
professional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do extensive research in
an approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presentation of that research
to the class. 3 credits.
Geography Program
A course in geography is offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural aspects
of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. The course
is recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of the world.
Course in Geography (GPY):
111. Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and
its impact on life through the Six Themes of Geography developed by the National
Geography Standards. Attention is given to the solar system, the earth' s movements, climate,
weather, landforms, ecology, environmental awareness, and the processes that form and
change the earth's surface. Students explore, through different modes of media and technol-
ogy and a variety of hands-on activities, the impact that physical geography has on their
everyday lives. A Whole Language, multidisciplined approach to teaching geography is
presented. Requirement for elementary education certification. Prerequisite: Elementary
Education major or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
Secondary Teacher Certification Program
Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by completing
an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction with a
carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education Department.
Both the major program and the professional education component are completed within the
context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts.
Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry, English, French,
German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.
Opportunities are provided candidates to observe and to teach in junior high and high
school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. Cooperating teachers are
selected through a process involving college faculty, public school personnel, and the student
teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible.
Degree Requirements:
There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete
the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses.
Lebanon Valley College Education 53
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology,
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, and social studies.)
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting of
EDU 1 10 and SED 420, 430 and 440. SED 280 or SED 430 must be taken in the fall or spring
semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at
least twice prior to SED 440. SED 420 and 440 comprise the student teaching semester of the
senior or post graduate year.
Courses in Secondary Education (SED):
280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers
or students planning an educational ministry. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits.
420. Human Growth and Development. A survey of human characteristics, research in
developmental psychology and their implications for teaching and learning at the middle
school and secondary school levels. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10; secondary teacher certification
candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits.
430. Practicum and Methods. A study of the basic principles and procedures for middle school
and secondary classroom management and instruction. Prerequisite: EDU 110; secondary
teacher certification candidate; junior or senior status; approval of instructor. 3 credits.
440. Student Teaching. Students spend an entire semester in an area school under the
supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors only. Requirements are:
( 1 ) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50
(2) a grade point average of at least 2.00 in the major field
(3) completion of all courses required of the major for student teaching
(4) completion of professional education courses required for student teaching
(5) approval of the major adviser and of the Education Department faculty.
Prerequisites: EDU 110, SED 430. SED 420 is normally taken concurrently with SED 440.
12 credits.
54 Education 1998-99 Catalog
SPECIAL EDUCATION CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
The special education program operates in conjunction with the elementary, music
education, or secondary education programs. Students complete a full sequence of course
work in their majors in addition to their specialized course work in special education. Student
teaching experiences are provided in two settings: one in a regular school setting and the
second in a special education setting. Program graduates are certified to teach in regular
elementary, music education, or secondary school programs and in special education
programs for students with mental retardation, physical disabilities, learning disabilities, or
behavior disorders, grades K through 12.
Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking either
elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. Special education certifica-
tion cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas.
Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate may
apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials will be
reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to the special
education program.
Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a special
education setting over the course of the entire semester. One-half of the student teaching
semester will be completed in a special education setting.
Degree Requirements:
There is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their majors
and in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and then the required courses in
special education.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology,
chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music education,
physics, and the social sciences.)
Courses in Special Education (EDU):
310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth.The nature of exceptionahties
in children and youth, characteristics and groupings of exceptional children, individual
differences and the impact of those differences on students, their families, the schools, and
the entire range of local, state, and federal legislation which mandates services for excep-
tional individuals. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education setting.
Prerequisite: permission. 3 credits.
311, 312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included
Settings-Phase I, II. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning
needs of exceptional students, preschool through grade twelve. The development and
application of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths
and needs of students with various needs will be developed and applied in real settings. All
areas of the various kindergarten through grade twelve curricula will be addressed. Includes
a required weekly field experience in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110,
310. 3 credits per semester.
Lebanon Valley College Special Education 55
313. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exceptionalities.
Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process and in making
educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the consequences of
labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address the assessment process
in light of current research and legislation concerning special education, with attention to
recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. Includes a required weekly field
experience in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312. 3 credits.
314. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why, and the what of
dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed in this
course. Ways of observing, of recording, and of responding to student behaviors will be
developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom management
will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field experience in a
special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310. 3 credits.
Faculty
Susan L. Atkinson, associate professor of education.
Ed.D., Temple University.
She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, social studies, and language arts, plus
courses in the foundations of education and physical geography. Supervises student teachers.
Her research interests are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase
academic achievement. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom manage-
ment and early childhood education. She is the adviser for the college' s professional teaching
organization, which includes secondary, elementary, and music education majors.
Cheryl L. George, assistant professor of special education.
Ph.D., University of North Texas.
She serves as the director of special education and is responsible for the operation,
coordination, and continued development of the program. She teaches courses in special
education and is the department liaison with special education administrators and teachers
in the intermediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She oversees
course required field experiences and supervises student teachers in special education
settings. She serves as a resource in special education matters for faculty and students
involved in teacher certification, especially within the education department.
Michael A. Grella, professor of education. Chairperson.
Ed.D., West Virginia University.
He teaches courses in children's literature, reading, early childhood education, and excep-
tional children. He coordinates reading-related practica in the public schools and supervises
student teachers. He serves as the department' s chief liaison with public school personnel and
with the Pennsylvania Department of Education. He maintains a special interest in the
acquisition of literacy at the primary grade levels and in learning disabilities.
56 Special Education 1998-99 Catalog
Donald E. Kline, assistant professor of education.
Ed.D., Lehigh University.
He teaches courses in educational foundations, educational technology, secondary method-
ology, and supervises student teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and
technology in the department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and
other instructional media in all phases of teacher preparation.
Dale E. Summers, associate professor of education.
Ed.D., Ball State University.
He teaches courses in educational foundations, world cultural geography, American cultural
geography, elementary social studies, secondary school curricula and methodologies, and
adolescent development. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor
pre-student teaching field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education
for the emotionally disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level.
Linda L. Summers, instructor in education.
M.A., Ball State University.
She serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education
Department. She teaches courses in educational foundations, language arts, social studies,
and health. She supervises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in
education include early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of
integrated curriculum, and cooperative learning.
Lebanon Valley College
Special Education 57
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
English Program
The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications or secondary
education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors also learn the
skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organization,
and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in literature
or communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology. Graduates of
the Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching, editing, public
relations, publishing, advertising, government, and industry.
Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the junior
year are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the department
chairperson.
The English Department offers a major program with concentrations in literature,
communications, and secondary education, as well as minors in literature, communications
and theater.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English.
Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must be
from 22 1 -226); 32 1 ; 34 1 or 342; (18 credits). Students must choose one of the concentrations
below in addition to the core.
Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 22 1-229); 370; three from
among 330, 350, 390-literature (39 total credits).
Communications concentration: ENG 099; ENG 140; five additional communications
courses, at least two of which must be at the 300 level (ENG 202-218, 310-315, 390-
communications); three credits of ENG 400 (39 total credits).
Secondary Education concentration: One, additional survey course from ENG 221-229 (the
total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among ENG 202,
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390-literature or communications; and ENG
360 (39 total credits).
To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 110,
SED 420, SED 430, and SED 440 (SED 440 requires a 2.5 cumulative GPA).
Minor (Literature): ENG 120; ENG 22 1 or 222; two from ENG 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two
additional 300-level literature courses (18 credits).
Minor (Communications): ENG 120; ENG 140; ENG 221 or 222; three additional commu-
nications courses (202-218, 310-315, 390-communications) (18 credits).
58 Enghsh 1998-99 Catalog
Minor (Theater): ENG 120; ENG 202; ENG 204; ENG 341; ENG 342; one drama-related
course from among 330, 350, or 390 (18 credits).
Courses in English (ENG):
099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's previous communications-
oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student' s formal request to take
ENG 400 (Internship). Graded Satisfactory /Unsatisfactory. Offered every semester. 0 credits.
100. Academic Communications. An introduction to communication as it is used in the
academic skill areas of reading, speaking, research, and analysis and synthesis. Topics
include the analysis of academic readings for their core components, evaluation of library-
based and Internet-based research articles, and the development of active reading, test-taking,
and note-taking strategies. Usually offered fall semester. Prerequisite for 100: Permission of
the instructor. 1 credit.
101. 102. English as a Second Language: Speaking, Reading, and Listening I, 11.
Emphasis on advanced speaking, reading, and listening skills for students for whom English
is the second language. The second semester continues work on the same skills. 3 credits.
103, 104. English as a Second Language: Writing I, 11. Emphasis on constructing the
academic essay for students for whom English is the second language. The second semester
continues work on the same skills. 3 credits.
Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his own
voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses emphasize the
development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 112 also empha-
sizes speaking, reading, and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111 or permission of
chairperson. 3 credits.
120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic
methodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every
semester. 3 credits.
140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of
language and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters,
public relations personnel, and technical writers. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
202. Theater Workshop. A workshop in the elements of theater with classroom practice in
production of scenes and whole plays. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits.
204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and
performing a full-length play. Preference given to students who have completed ENG 202
(Theater Workshop). Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College English 59
210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission of the
instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news, and writing features accord-
ing to standard formats and styles; the course also covers legal and ethical aspects of
journalism. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG HI and 112, or permission of the
instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall
semesters. 3 credits.
215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking, and
illustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical
audience. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive, and other types of oral
communication, with emphasis on the student' s own performance as well as the judgment of
others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
221. Survey of American Literature 1. A survey of selected major American authors from
the colonial period to about 1900. Writing intensive. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from
about 1900 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits.
225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters.
3 credits.
226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about
1 800 to the present. Writing intensive. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history to
about 1000 A.D. About two-thirds of the literature studied will come from western Europe,
the rest from non-western cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
228. World Literature 11. A survey of selected major writers from about 1 000 to about 1 800
A.D. About two-thirds of the literature studied will come from western Europe, the rest from
non-western cultures. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits.
229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major non-writers from about 1800 to the
present. About two-thirds of the literature studied will come from Europe and Russia, the rest
from non-western cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
60 English 1998-99 Catalog
310. Advanced Journalism. Builds upon basic journalistic skills by requiring students to
read and write long pieces of investigative and feature reporting. Writing intensive.
Prerequisite: ENG 213. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news,
recording interviews and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140.
Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copy writing; selection and
presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Prerequisite: ENG
140. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modem public relations as practiced by
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion
evaluation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. Writing
intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 140. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution of
English phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary, including current conventions and
usage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the narrative
poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biography and
autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit
when it involves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing intensive. Pre-
requisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG 221-229). Usually offered every semester.
3 credits.
341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the
comedies and the histories. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey
(ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the
tragedies and the romances. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey
(ENG 221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or British authors.
Recent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, O'Connor, Morrison, Chaucer,
Milton, Pound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be
repeated for credit. Writing intensive. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (ENG
221-229). Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and literature
in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and composi-
tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing intensive, prerequisites: ENG
120 and EDU 1 10. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College English 61
370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. An introduction on both a theoretical and a
practical level to a number of major theoretical and critical approaches to literature.
Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
391. British Theatre. This course will examine important British plays and playwrights with
special emphasis on those plays currently in production in London. Offered in the London
Program. 4 credits.
400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to
the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally
limited to juniors and seniors. Prerequisites: ENG 099; permission of the chairperson;
application form from Registrar' s office must be completed prior to registration. 1-12 credit
hours.
Faculty
Philip A. Billings, professor of English.
Ph.D., Michigan State University.
He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writing. His
publications include poems and articles in various magazines and two books of poems based
on the lives of people in the immediate area.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, assistant professor of English.
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania.
She teaches courses in editing, public relations, journalism, and modem literature. Experi-
enced in journalism, business, and free-lance writing, she recently completed a summer
program in nature writing at Bennington College.
Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English.
D.A., State University of New York at Albany.
She teaches courses in management communication, linguistics, communications theory,
and American literature. In addition she directs the department internship program. She has
published numerous poems, stories, and journalistic articles; and she has won two NEH
Summer Seminar grants for literary study.
Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Boston University.
He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, editing, and grammar. He has
been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published several articles on American
cultural criticism and twentieth century poetry.
John P. Kearney, professor of English.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
He teaches courses in Shakespeare, British literature, and technical writing as well as an
interdisciplinary course in revolutions. He is a Victorian literature scholar who is writing a
book on Charles Dickens.
62 Enghsh . 1998-99 Catalog
Walter E. Labonte, lecturer in English.
M.A., Northeastern University.
He teaches introductory writing and literature courses, and works in the Center for Excellence
in Learning and Teaching.
Mary K. Pettice, assistant professor of English.
Ph.D., University of Houston.
She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and modem British and American
literature. She also advises the student newspaper. Experienced in the newspaper and
publishing worlds, she has also published poetry and short stories.
Kevin B. Pry, lecturer in English.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in world literature, dramatic
literature, and theater workshop and production. He also advises the student drama club.
Lebanon Valley College
English 63
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic
communication skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who
use the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which
humankind thinks and interacts.
The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a
variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and
social service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined
with majors in other disciplines.
The department encourages students to avail themselves of the college ' s opportunities for
foreign travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne,
Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain.
The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish,
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages.
The department also offers the major in International Business jointly with the Management
Department.
Foreign Languages Program
Degree Requirements:
No major is offered in foreign language. Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish.
Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking elementary or secondary
certification in a foreign language must take FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses
including EDU 110 and SED 420, 430 and ELM or SED 440.
Courses in Foreign Language (FLG):
260. Approaches to Culture. A survey of contemporary life in French, German and Spanish
speaking countries. Topics may include customs, values, social structures, geography, and
current issues. Taught in English. 3 credits.
350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of signs
and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modem
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits.
French Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French.
Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching
certification, FLG 360 is required.
64 Foreign Languages , 1998-99 Catalog
Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Courses in French (FRN):
101, 102. Elementary French 1,11. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate French I,II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening,
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French-
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French. Develop-
ment of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on contemporary
French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of France
and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers
of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation,
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
350. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of an important issue in France from different
points of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance
philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will
be promoted. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
420. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of
French Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Comeille, Racine and Moliere.
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 65
430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism,
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot,
Rousseau, 1' Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, and Baudelaire. Prereq-
uisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected
in the literary evolution from Proust to theNouveau Roman andle theatre de I 'Absurde. Such
writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, lonesco, Becket will be studied.
Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and
20th centuries. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. Writing intensive.
3 credits.
German Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German.
Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level; FLG 350. (27 credits). For
teaching certification, FLG 360 is required. \
I
Minor: 1 8 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation i
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. *
Courses in German (GMN):
101, 102. Elementary German I,II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate German I,II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills -
listening, speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture I, II. An immersion course on three levels
offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical exercises
and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite: GMN 102
or equivalent. 3 credits.
310. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and
describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
66 Foreign Languages 1998-99 Catalog
316. Composition & Conversation. Intensive practice in the interactive skills of speaking and
writing. Review of grammar and emphasis of practical situations. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of
Germany and German- speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques
of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
350. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view. Readings
in German and English; discussion and writing in German and English. Prerequisite: GMN
202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for accurate
and idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more complex
grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
400-419. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a
particular topic or theme. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song fromminnesang to contemporary rock. Involves
both texts and music as appropriate. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. Writing intensive.
3 credits.
Spanish Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish.
Major: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching
certification, FLG 360 is required.
Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Courses in Spanish (SPA):
101, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Spanish-speaking
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
Spanish course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills -listening,
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of Spanish-
speaking people. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 67
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a wide
range of topics related to Spanish life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3
credits.
310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills
through composition assignments based on contemporary Spanish writing and issues.
Prerequisite: SPA 202. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
320. Business Spanish. An introduction to the language of business and business practices.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of spoken
Spanish: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, announce-
ments, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the
Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits.
350. Issues in Spanish Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Spain from various
points of view. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
360. Issues in Latin-American Culture. Discussion of an important issue in Latin America
from various points of view. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English and
English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202. 3 credits.
410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding
works of the period. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing intensive.
420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Readings from the
Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and realism.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movements of the
century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Prerequisite: 202 or
equivalent.Writing intensive. 3 credits.
450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent.
Writing intensive. 3 credits.
68 Foreign Languages 1998-99 Catalog
460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of the Aztec, Mayan and Incan civilizations
before 1492 and the philosophy of the Spanish explorers from 1492 on. Prerequisite: SPA
202. Foreign studies. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
Faculty
Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. Chairperson.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture,
civilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the
Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the
modem Latin American novel and is particularly interested in the concept of "magical
realism" as it applies to the works of Gabriel Garcia Marquez.
Marta Roller, assistant professor of Spanish.
Ph.D., University of Kentucky.
Roller teaches subjects from basic language to literature and culture of the Hispanic world.
She specializes in Spanish peninsular literature of the 20th century and has a special interest
in foreign language teaching methodology.
James W. Scott, professor of German.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German-
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's short
fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing a new
translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state selection
committee for the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program and is a member of the
American Association of Teachers of German task force on distance learning.
Joelle L. Stopkie, associate professor of French.
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
She teaches courses in language, culture and literature and coordinates and supervises study
programs in France. She is currently interested in methodology and Francophone studies.
Angel T. Tuninetti, assistant professor of Spanish.
M.A., Washington University.
Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture and hterature. His
special interest is South American travel literature of the colonial and nineteeth century
periods.
Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French.
M.A., Middlebury College.
Bowley teaches courses in French language, culture and civilization. Her special interests
include French culture, French language structure and French cooking.
Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 69
Rita Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish.
Diploma, University of Seville.
Gargotta teaches courses in Spanish language, culture and contemporary society.
Leonie Lang-Hambourg, adjunct assistant professor of German.
M.A., University of Oregon, Diploma Interpreter andTranslator, MuncherDolmetscherschule.
Experienced as an interpreter and translator, she teaches beginning and intermediate German
and courses in advanced German grammar and style, as well as conversation and composi-
tion, translation and business German.
70 Foreign Languages
1998-99 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND AMERICAN STUDIES
By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better
understand themselves and others. Students of history and American Studies also learn how
to gather and analyze information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language.
An undergraduate degree in history or American studies can lead to a career in teaching
at the college or high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and
libraries, journalism or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications
or a number of other professions.
American Studies Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies.
Major Core: AMS 111,211, 223, 229, 311, 400; HIS 100, 253; (22 credits)
In addition to the core, each major must select one of the following concentrations for
completion of the degree requirements:
Professional/Curatorial Concentration: ART 205 ; one course from the following: ART 20 1 ,
203; one course from the following: ENG 221, 222; HIS 211, 261, 262; one course from the
following: MSC 201, PHL 240, REL 120. (43 credits)
Cultural Agency Administration Concentration: ACT 161; BUS 230, 340, 420; ENG 140,
210, 314. (43 credits)
Minor: AMS 1 1 1, 21 1, 223 or 229, 31 1; HIS 100, 253; one course from ENG 321, 322, PHL
240; one course from HIS 261, 262; and one course from ART 205, MSC 201, REL 120. (25
credits)
Courses in American Studies (AMS):
101. Introduction to American Cultures. An interdisciplinary, cultural study of fundamental
American institutions, social patterns, cultural myths, and cultural icons in historical
perspective. Field trips to national and regional sites included. 3 credits.
111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3
credits.
211. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such genres
as folk art, folk music, and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits.
223. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing on
cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism, Enlightenment,
Rationalism, Transcendentalism, Utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, The Progressives, the
New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism, and the New Journalism. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College History and American Studies 7 1
229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political,
economic, and cultural upheaval of the 1960's and 1970's in the historical context. 3 credits.
230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American denomi-
nations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis will be
placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits.
311. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology and
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. Prereq- I
uisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. I
400. Internship. Field experience at a cultural agency. Ordinarily intended for juniors and
seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. Minimum
of 3 credits.
Historical Communications Program
The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunction with
the English Department, described on page 58. The major in historical communications is an
interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested students to engage in
a comprehensive study of both history and communications and the significance of their
interconnectedness. The program is designed to prepare students for various professional
research, writing and editing positions in such fields as radio, television, motion pictures,
cable, popular history magazines, theatrical history, and oral history. Lebanon Valley
College is one of the very few colleges to offer such a major.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications.
Mo/or.- HIS 100, 111, 112, 125, 126, 211, 251, 253, 400; one upper-level course in United
States history; one upper-level course in European history; and one course from 271, 273,
275, 277, 279; ENG 140, 213, 216, 310 and one from ENG 204, 312, 315. (49 credits)
History Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history.
Major: HIS 100, 101, 102 or 1 1 1, 1 12 as appropriate; 125, 126, 21 1, 251, 253; two upper- 1
level courses in United States history; two upper-level courses in European history; and two
courses from 271, 273, 275, 277, 279. (40 credits)
Secondary Education Concentration :Students shall complete successfully the history major
plus HIS 360: the Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. Students
shall take HIS 1 1 1 and 1 1 2. Students shall complete also the Social Studies core and 2 1 credits
of secondary education courses including EDU 1 1 0, SED 420, 430, and 440. A GPA of 2.5
is required for entrance into the secondary certification program. (43 credits in history
courses)
72 History and American Studies 1998-99 Catalog
Professional Studies Concentration: Students shall complete successfully the history major
plus a minimum of three credits in HIS 500; Independent Study. Students shall take HIS 101
and 102: Western CiviHzation in the major. (43 credits)
Mmor.-HIS 100, 101, 102or 111, 112 as appropriate; 125, 126, 25 1,253 and one upper-level
course in European history and one from 271, 273, 275, 277, 279. (25 credits)
Courses in History (HIS):
100. Historical Methodology. An introductory course in historical research and writing with
emphasis on using computer technology in research and professional activity. Topics include
finding and using historical databases, on-line bibliographies, primary sources on the World
Wide Web and CD-Rom, computer mapping and participating in historical discussion
groups. Includes extensive hands-on training. 1 credit.
101. Western Civilization to the 14th Century. The development of the western world from
its Near Eastern and Mediterranean origins to the eve of the Renaissance. 3 credits.
102. Western Civilization since the 14th Century. A study of how life in the late 20th century
has been influenced by historical developments in Europe and America, including the growth
of science, the rise of nation states, social classes and values, and changing views of the world.
3 credits.
111. World History to the 14th Century. A study of world history from earliest times to the
16th century with emphasis on the world's great cultural traditions and the major transfor-
mation of the world in terms of cultural, social, political, and technological change. 3 credits.
112. World History since the 14th Century. A study of world history from 1 500 to the present
with an emphasis on the growing connectedness of the major cultural traditions. 3 credits.
125. United States History to 1865. The story of America from Columbus through the Civil
War. 3 credits.
126. United States History Since 1865. The story of America from Reconstruction to the
present. 3 credits.
201. The Ancient World. The beginnings of civilization with analysis of the ancient Near
East including the Tigris-Euphrates Valley, Egypt, Asia Minor, and Assyria; and with
particular emphasis on Greece and Rome. 3 credits.
203. The Middle Ages. A study of the thousand year period ending in 1500 that saw the
emergence of a Christian European civilization with particular emphasis on political, social,
economic, and cultural trends. 3 credits.
205. Early Modern Europe. The Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific Revolution, and the
development of national political states, especially in the 17th and 18th centuries. Writing
intensive. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College History and American Studies 73
206. Revolution & Nationalism, 1789-1914. A study of the effects of the French Revolution
and the Industrial Revolution on Europe. Particular attention is paid to the rise of class
antagonisms and national rivalries. Writing intensive. 3 credits. I
207. Europe in the 20th Century. Developments in Europe from 1900 to the present are
investigated, with special focus on the role of Germany, the Nazi Era and the post- World War
II conditions. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
211. Historical and Cultural Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the
world and how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development.
3 credits.
225. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the
period disagree: Writing intensive. 3 credits.
226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian society
struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity, and sectional
tension. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
227. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led to
a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Writing intensive. 3
credits.
251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of the great
historians from ancient times to the modem world; the second half of the course covers recent
interpretations of American history. 3 credits.
253. The Business of History. An introduction to professional, curatorial and management
principles and applications in various segments of the history industry. Students examine the
basics of archival management, museum curatorship, oral history, corporate history and
historical communications. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
261. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America to 1860. An analysis of the changing
role and status of women, the African-American and native American experience, the
underclass experience and the impact of immigration, from the European Conquest to the
Civil War. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
262. Gender, Race, Ethnicity and Class in America since 1860. An analysis of the changing
role and status of women, the African-American and native American experience, the
underclass experience and the impact of immigration and ethnicity from the Civil War to the
1990s. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
277. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions
of China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after
1500. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
74 History and American Studies 1998-99 Catalog
273. Modern Africa. African civilization from its origins in the ninth century to the present
day, with emphasis on the impact of colonialism, regional distinctions, and the emergence
of independent states. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
2 75. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from its origins to the present, with
emphasis on the impact of colonialism, the emergence of independent states, relationships
with the United States, and the modem regional distinctions. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey, and
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modem state of Israel are
also analyzed. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of westem colonial
control, the crisis of the 19th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in
independence and partition, and with major reference to the contemporary nations and
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
291. The History of London. This course will explore London history from Roman times to
the 20th Century with emphasis on London's traditions and accomplishments in terms of
social, cultural, religious, political, and technological change. Offered in the London
Program. 3 credits.
301. European Social History. An inquiry into the lives and experiences of ordinary folk.
Topics include women, laboring classes, and popular culture. 3 credits.
307. Modern Russia. The development of Russia and the Soviet Union from Kievan
beginnings to the present, with emphasis upon the period since 1600. 3 credits.
311. History of Modern Germany. An introduction to the historical, political, social and
intellectual background of modem Germany. Discussion topics include the Congress of
Vienna, the 1848 revolution, the first unification in 1871, the Weimar Republic, National
Socialism, and division of Germany after World War II. Special attention will be paid to the
unification process since 1989 and Germany's role in intemational politics. Offered in the
Cologne Program. 3 credits.
325. American Business and Labor to 1900. An analysis of the role of business in America
from the colonial period to 1 900. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship, the
development of the American economy, and the relationships between business, govem-
ment, trade unionism and society. Writing intensive. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
326. American Business and Labor since 1900. An analysis of the role of business in
America during the 20th century. Topics include managerial leadership, entrepreneurship,
the development of the American economy, and the relationships between business,
government, trade unionism, and society. Writing intensive. Disciplinary perspective. 3
credits.
Lebanon Valley College History and American Studies 75
327. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits.
329. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from colonial
to modem times with emphasis on women's economic roles; class, ethnicity and race in
women's lives; women and the family; women and reform movements; women's values;
women's entry into the professions; cultural expression by women; and feminism. 3 credits.
330. The African-American Experience. The history of the African- American experience
from the origins of slavery to modem times with emphasis on slavery, the perpetuation of
African cultural and social heritage, transition to freedom, segregation and disenfranchise-
ment, civil rights and black power movements, and changing cultural expressions. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of History and Social Studies in Secondary Schools. A course for those
preparing to teach history and social studies at the secondary level. Topics include issues and
trends in secondary education, history of historical pedagogy, professional development and
course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the uses of technology and student
motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required of all history majors seeking secondary
certification.
400. Internship. Field experience in a historical setting. Ordinarily intended for juniors and
seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. Minimum
of three credits.
Faculty
Howard L. Applegate, professor of history and American studies. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Syracuse University.
His teaching is focused on American history, with a strong specialization in business history.
Applegate is a historical analyst of the American grocery chain retailing industry.
James H. Broussard, professor of history.
Ph.D., Duke University.
Broussard teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications
concentrate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He formerly
served as executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic.
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of American Studies and religion, director of American
Studies Program.
Ph.D., Duke University.
His teaching centers on the history of Christianity and religion in America. His scholarship
has focused on American folk religion; other interests include religion and literature, peace
studies, and mysticism.
76 History and American Studies 1998-99 Catalog
Rebecca K. McCoy, assistant professor of history.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
McCoy teaches world civihzation, western civiUzation and specialized courses in European
History. Her research focuses on the social, religious, and political history of France from the
seventeenth to the nineteenth century. Other teaching and research interests include the
history of European women, the cultural and intellectual history of modern Europe, and the
development of nationalism and national identity.
Richard A. Joyce, professor emeritus of history.
M.A., San Francisco State College.
He teaches modem European history and is interested in social and intellectual history.
Diane E. Wenger, adjunct assistant professor of history and American Studies.
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Wenger teaches American Studies and American history. Her research interests include
American material culture, American business history with an emphasis on the economic/
social history of the Federal period. She is pursuing additional graduate study at the
University of Delaware.
Lebanon Valley College
History and American Studies 77
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The increasing
national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even more attrac-
tive today. Computer scientists, mathematics and computer science teachers, college
professors, actuaries, operations research analysts, and statisticians are in high and continu-
ing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and problem solving abilities developed in the
study of mathematics are excellent preparation for numerous and varied areas of work and
study.
Because of its service to students and its program. The Department was cited in the
Mathematical Association of American' s 1 995 puh\ication,Models that Work. That program
includes majors in actuarial science, computer science, applied computer science, and
mathematics; and minors in computer science and mathematics.
Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, and
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. Many
graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actuaries or the Casualty
Actuarial Society.
Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, athletics,
musical organizations, and other activities. The Department is always well represented in the
list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities. There are two
active student clubs, the Math Club and the Computer Club.
The Mathematical Science Department also directs the Computer Engineering track in the
"3-1-2" Engineering Program. For details see Cooperative Programs on page 21.
Actuarial Science Program
Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics,
finance, and management to define, analyze, and solve financial and social problems.
Actuaries are employed by insurance companies and consulting firms, pension/benefit
consulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial
credentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelors degree, result from completing the
rigorous education and examination program administered by either the Casualty Actuarial
Society or the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 1960's
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey who is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. With
over 120 graduates working in the profession, including nearly 40 fellows and 30 associates,
Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergraduate actuarial education
programs in the East.
With its recently revised curriculum, LVC is prepared to help actuarial students prepare
for the new curricula of the professional actuarial societies which will be in place starting in
the year 2000. The LVC program is designed to introduce students to material on the first four
examinations in the new Society of Actuaries and Casualty Actuarial Society examination
programs.
The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least one
actuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 100% placement record of LVC actuarial
science graduates in professional actuarial positions.
78 Mathematical Sciences 1998-99 Catalog
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in actuarial science
Major: ASC 281, 385, 481, and one of 471, 472; CSC 125 or 144; MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14,
261, 222, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102; ACT 151, 152. (49Credits) The Course 1/PartlorCourse
2/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial Society must be passed
before senior standing is reached.
Note: No course other than MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 222, 251, and CSC 125 may be used
to meet the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of
Mathematical Sciences.
Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC):
281. Introduction to Actuarial Science. An introduction to risk management in property/
casualty and life insurance. Prerequisite: MAS 112. 3 credits.
385. The Theory of Interest. Measurement of interest, the time value of money, annuities,
amortization and sinking funds, bonds, depreciation, capitalized cost, and other applications.
Prerequisite: ASC 281. 3 credits.
471. Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time series
models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits.
472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions and
credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits.
481, 482. Actuarial Mathematics I and II. Survival distributions, life insurance, life
annuities, benefit premiums and reserves, multiple life and decrement models, expenses and
regulatory considerations. Prerequisite: ASC 385. Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits.
Computer Science Program
Two distinct majors offer different opportunities and challenges in computer science for
the interested student. For prospective programmers and analysts there is the Computer
Science major with its strong mathematics base. For those whose interests are directed
towards using their computer knowledge in an application area, the Applied Computer
Science major is likely to be more appealing.
The College has a wide range of computer equipment and software, with exceptionally
complete student access and control. The hands-on nature of the program encourages
individual student experimentation and investigation, as reflected in the curriculum by the
requirement of either an internship or an independent study project.
In recent years the placement record for Lebanon Valley College Computer Science and
Applied Computer Science majors has shown nearly 100% of graduates obtaining employ-
ment in a computer related profession or continuing for further education.
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 79
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in appUed computer science; Bachelor of
Science degree with a major in computer science.
Major: (Applied Computer Science) CSC 125,144, 249, 282, 321, 448, 481 or 344, 400 or
500; ENG 210 or 216; MAS 1 1 1 or 161,150, 251, 270; 15 coordinated hours in an area of
computer application to be arranged with adviser. (54 credits)
Mayor.- (Computer science) CSC 125, 144,249, 282, 321, 344, two of 481 and 482 and 448,
400 or 500; ENG 2 10 or 2 16; MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 270. (49 credits)
Minor: (Computer Science) CSC 125, 144, 249, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or
higher; MAS 1 1 1 or 1 6 1 , 1 62 or 1 50 or 1 1 2, 25 1 . (24 credits)
Note: No course other than MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 222, 251, and CSC 125 may be used
to meet the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of
Mathematical Sciences. A student cannot major in both computer science and applied
computer science.
Courses in Computer Science (CSC):
125. Computer Tools: An Introduction to Computer Science. An introduction to computer
science through exploration of some of the most widely used tools and fundamental concepts.
Topics include: spreadsheet, database, presentation graphics, internet, web authoring,
hardware, history, and ethics. 3 credits.
144. Programming with Java. Introduction to programming in Java. Prerequisite: CSC 125
or permission. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit toward graduation for CSC 1 44 after
completing CSC 249 or the equivalent.
249. Advanced Programming with C++. Features of the C++ language. Classes, objects,
pointers, libraries, and projects with multiple modules. Prerequisite: CSC 144 or permission.
3 credits.
282. Data Structures. Lists, stacks, queues, trees, tables, networks. Prerequisite: CSC 249,
MAS 251. 3 credits.
321. Survey of Computer Languages. Classification of languages and development environ-
ments, and experience with examples such as visual tools, ADA, Prolog, SmallTalk, LISP,
and SQL. Prerequisite: CSC 144. 3 credits.
344. Computer Architecture with Assembly Language. A study of the organization of
computers. Topics include instruction sets, registers, memory, devices and interrupts.
Prerequisite: CSC 249. 3 credits.
448. Database Management. Database structure and implementation. Prerequisite: CSC
282. 3 credits.
80 Mathematical Sciences 1998-99 Catalog
481,482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from current
areas of interest and concern in computer science. Possible topics include graphics, compiler
construction, operating systems, networks, and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: CSC 282;
MAS 25 1 . 3 credits per semester.
Mathematics Program
The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of Math-
ematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the Department has a doctorate in some area of
mathematics and all believe that mathematics needs to be the core of each of our programs.
Graduates with mathematics majors have recently accepted a variety of professional
opportunities in business, industry, and education. Operations Research analyst, computer
support consultant, computer analyst, and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of
recent graduates. Other graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate
school in areas such as management, operations research, and statistics.
The Mathematics Major curriculum has recently been strengthened with the addition of
a senior seminar during which each student will complete an independent study project.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics.
Major: MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 261, 311, 322, 335, one additional course
numbered 300 or higher, but not 360; 270 or 372 (372 may be used as the elective course) 400
level ASC courses may be substituted for MAS 335 and the 300 level elective; 495, 496 (or
360 for Secondary Education candidates). (36-39 credits)
Minor: MAS 1 6 1 , 1 62, 25 1 , 222 ; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS courses numbered 200
or higher. (21 credits)
Note: No course other than MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 222, 251, and CSC 125 may be used
to meet the requirements of more than one major or minor within the Department of
Mathematical Sciences.
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics
must complete: a mathematics major including MAS 325, 270; MAS 360; CSC 125,144;
EDU 1 10; and SED 420, 430, 440.
Courses in Mathematics (MAS):
100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many
introduce 20th century mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school
curriculum. 3 credits.
102. Pre-Calculus. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and trigonom-
etry. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after completing MAS 111,
161, or the equivalent.
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 81
111,112 Analysis I, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students
desiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing or
MAS 102; MAS 1 1 1 is a prerequisite for MAS 1 12. Corequisites: MAS 1 13,1 14. 4 credits
per semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 1 1 and MAS 161. A student
may not receive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162.
113,1 14 Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college mathemat-
ics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102.
Corequisite: MAS 111,112. 1 credit per semester (P/F only).
150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, linear
programming, probability, and interest. 3 credits.
161,162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation,
integration, infinite series. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 is a
prerequisite for MAS 162. 3 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit for both
MAS 1 1 1 and MAS 1 6 1 . A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 1 2 and MAS 1 62.
170. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive statistics and inferen-
tial statistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not
receive credit after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 70
and MAS 270.
222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations,
vectors spaces, and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 261. 3 credits.
251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and
information sciences, logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction, rela-
tions, finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12;MAS 162; or all of MAS 161, 150 and CSC 144.
3 credits.
261. Calculus III. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple integra-
tion, vector fields, vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits.
266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations. Prerequi-
sites: MAS 162 or 1 1 1. 3 credits.
270. Intermediate Statistics. An advanced version of MAS 170 intended for students with
some calculus background. Similar to MAS 1 70 with more extensive content. A student may
not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 3 credits.
311. Real Analysis. The development of 19th century analysis; convergent and divergent
series, limits, continuity, differentiability, and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites:
MAS 222, 251. 3 credits.
82 Mathematical Sciences 1998-99 Catalog
322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings, and
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits.
325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute, Euclidean, and non-Euclidean geom-
etries. Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits.
335. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques including
linear programming, queuing theory, project scheduling, simulation and decision analysis.
Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits.
360. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for secondary education
mathematics majors introducing issues and trends in mathematics education, history of
mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development resources, teaching
techniques, and use of technology. Prerequisites: MAS 222, 25 1 ; junior standing, EDU 110.
3 credits.
363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root finding
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations,
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, simulation, optimization. Prerequisites:
MAS 222, 251. 3 credits.
371. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: MAS 25 1 or a B in MAS 1 12. 3
credits.
372. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of statistics
including sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models, and multi-
variate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits.
495. Senior Seminar I. An introduction to mathematical research and presentation for
mathematics majors. Prerequisites: Senior standing. 1 credit (P/F only).
496. Senior Seminar II. A continuation of MAS 495 culminating in a written paper and oral
presentation. Prerequisites: MAS 495. 1 credit (P/F only).
Faculty
J. Brian Adams, assistant professor of mathematical sciences (1998-99).
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
Adams joins the faculty for the 1998-99 academic year. His Ph.D. degree is in the area of
operations research and he will be teaching mathematics, and introductory computer science
and statistics.
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 83
J. Patrick Brewer, assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University of Oregon.
Brewer has quickly earned the reputation of a demanding and caring teacher. His graduate
degree was earned in the area of algebra, and he is rapidly broadening his areas of expertise.
He is coach of the Putnam Examination team and is the adviser for some mathematics majors.
Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Computer Science
Program, Acting Chairperson, spring semester 1998-99.
Ph.D., University of Illinois.
An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Fry heads the
Computer Science Program and is adviser for some computer science majors and the adviser
for the Computer Club. Trained as an algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well
with special interests in graphics, fractals, operating systems and computer architecture.
Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson.
Coordinator, Actuarial Science Program.
Ph.D., Washington State University.
Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the
academic actuarial community and serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison representative
to the Mathematical Association of America. He is adviser to the actuarial science majors.
Trained as a topologist, he is now primarily interested in actuarial mathematics and finance.
Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences.
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University.
A winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching, Townsend is recognized for
his exceptional interest and concern for students. He is the adviser for some mathematics
majors including those interested in secondary education. Trained as a numerical analyst, he
has developed a wide range of other interests including introductory computer science.
Kenneth F. Yarnall, assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and
philosophy of science. He is the adviser to some computer science majors and is the adviser
for the Math Club. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer science,
Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School.
Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students especially
those with math anxiety. He teaches pre-calculus and elementary statistics. He has won the
Knisely Teaching Award.
John F. Nau, Jr., adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute.
Nau teaches in the evening, teaching finite mathematics, concepts of mathematics, or
elementary statistics. His mathematical interest is in the area of mathematical modeling.
84 Mathematical Sciences 1998-99 Catalog
\
MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM
The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College
liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate and
lead.
Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years results
in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various roles of
Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and oral commu-
nication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence.
Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission.
Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who
desire to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Professor of Military
Science, Dickinson College, 717-245-1221, for further information.
Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, white-water rafting, leadership exercises, land naviga-
tion, orientation trips and formal social functions. Program participants may also apply for
special training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault and northern warfare
schools.
Financial Assistance: Books and equipment for military science courses and the ROTC
program are provided free of charge to all cadets. All juniors and seniors in the ROTC
program (Advanced Course) and scholarship cadets are paid a tax-free subsistence allow-
ance of $150 per month and receive certain other benefits.
Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four, three, and two year scholarships, awarded strictly
on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is valued at $16,000
a year. In addition to paymg all or part of your tuition, the scholarship offers a stipend of $ 1 50
a month plus $450 a year for books and fees for up to ten months each year. All scholarship
recipients remain eligible for financial aid.
Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program
in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate.
Advanced Leadership Practicum: The practicum consists of a five- week summer training
program at an Army installation that stresses the application of military skills to rapidly
changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make sound decisions, to
direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to meet the mental and
physical challenges presented to them. Completion of this practicum is required prior to
commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior years. Participants
receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay.
Lebanon Valley College Mihtary Science 85
Degree Requirements:
Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 327.
Courses in Military Science (MIL):
101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading,
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies,
public speaking, and leadership. Meets one hour per week; two or three Saturdays of
adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each semester.
201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester; two or three
Saturdays of adventure training; and one formal social event each semester. 1 credit each
semester.
301, 302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and to
get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. Meets
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only to
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester.
401, 402. Command and Staff . Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision-
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics, and administration. Meets
two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only to
Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester.
Faculty
Mark N. Mazarella, professor of military science.
M.S., U.S. Army Command and General Staff College. Lieutenant Colonel,
United States Army.
Mazarella is the primary instructor for the 400 level courses (MS IV' s).
Robert F. Hepner, assistant professor of military science.
B.S., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania. Captain, United States Army.
Hepner is a Field Artillery Officer with over 10 years active duty military service. He serves
as the Recruiting Operations Officer and is the primary instructor for the 100 level courses
(MS I's).
Edward J. Siegfried, assistant professor of military science.
B.S., North Carolina Agricultural andTechnical State University. Captain, United States Army.
Siegfried is a Field Artillery Officer with over 10 years active duty military service. He serves
as the Administrative Officer and is the primary instructor for the 200 level courses
(MS II's).
1
86 Military Science 1998-99 Catalog
Johnny E. Jackson, senior instructor in military science.
Master Sergeant, United States Army.
Jackson is an Infantry Non-Commissioned Officer with over 20 years active duty military
service. He assists with instruction for the 100 and 200 level courses (MS Fs & II's).
Wayne A. Yaw, training and operations non-commissioned officer.
Sergeant First Class, United States Army.
Yaw serves as the Training NCO and assists with instruction for the 300 level courses (MS
Ill's).
Lebanon Valley College
Military Science 87
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Students in the Department of Music may major in one of three areas: music, music
education, or music recording technology. Each student, regardless of major, is required to
take a core of courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes
additional course work particular to his/her area of interest.
Music Program
Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice, each to be determined by
jury. Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are
found in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To prepare for proficiency juries,
students can take MSC 5 10 and/or 520. Music majors will be in at least one major performing
ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concert
Choir, or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to
12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal
instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester.
Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in
that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the same
time.
Degree Requirements:
The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in
music with a strong liberal arts background. All B.A. candidates will take an hour lesson per
week in their principal performance medium. Students in the jazz studies concentration will
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The
theory/composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. B.A. in music students are expected to
give a one-half junior recital, and a full senior recital. These are given in consultation with
and at the recommendation of their private instructor and a pre-performance jury. Concen-
trations identified in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ,
voice, instrumental, sacred music, jazz studies, and theory /composition.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music.
Majors: Core courses in all music degree programs are: MSC 099, 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 1 18, 215,
217, 241, 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for B.S. and B.M. candidates, and MSC 540 for B.A.
candidates. In addition, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each
semester, exceptions noted previously.
Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600;
Voice concentration: MSC 216,233,326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 3 16, 35 1,
and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred Music
concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: MSC 201,
218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentration: MSC 216, 315, 329,
416 and 500: Senior Composition Project.
88 Music 1998-99 Catalog
Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 100, 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 241 or 242 plus one music literature
elective: MSC 200, 201, 241 or 242. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and must
participate in a music ensemble for four semesters.
Student Recital
Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a wide
range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination.
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps to
develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance
ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their degree program,
performance readiness, and in consultation with the private teacher.
Courses in Music (MSC):
099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satisfactory/
unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. 0 credits.
100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music designed
to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits.
110. Class Piano for Beginners . 1 credit.
111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides their own instrument. 1 credit.
775. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization
of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits.
116. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh
chords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 2 credits.
777. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and simple
harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits.
118. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 1 17, emphasizing clef reading, modality,
modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music core
course. 2 credits.
136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom component.
1 credit.
200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus on
genre and period studies. 3 credits.
201. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing stylistic
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing entensive. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Music 89
275. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dominants,
augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. Music
core course. 2 credits.
216. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th century compositional techniques, including modal
and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and various
rhythmic and metric procedures. 2 credits.
217. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 1 18, emphasizing chromatic materials and
more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course. 2 credits.
218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 1 15, 1 16, and 215. 2 credits.
220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education majors
in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, singing,
notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-hsted as Elemen-
tary Education 220. }
223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques.
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits.
227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit.
233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French,
Italian, and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concen-
tration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
241. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments and
illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. Music core course.
3 credits.
242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western music
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core course.
3 credits.
246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits.
280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in
appropriate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3
credit(s).
90 Music 1998-99 Catalog
306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits.
315. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part
work in all the species. 2 credits.
316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the keyboard,
transposition, and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is required for
admission to the course. 2 credits.
326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching repertoire.
Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the works
studied. 2 credits.
327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching procedures
in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy will be
studied. 2 credits.
328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound
forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily
upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual
analysis. Music core course. 2 credits.
329. Form and Analysis U. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite,
complex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music.
2 credits
330. Woodwind Methods I. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits.
331. String I. A study of the string family. 2 credits.
333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education,
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications,
and analysis of materials. 3 credits.
334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, and
methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching band)
from elementary through high school levels. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Music 9 1
336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per week
where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit.
345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. 2 credits.
347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 2 credits.
351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest
times to the present day. 2 credits.
352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various methods
of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical materials for
all levels are included. 2 credits.
401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of band
and orchestral instruments. 2 credits.
403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory
situation. 2 credits.
405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the
student's performance area. 2 credits.
406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary to
be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and the
selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students.
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits.
416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring
transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on
practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits.
422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with the
church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and tech-
niques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 credits.
441. Student Teaching. Music education majors spend a semester in the music department
of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. Prerequisites:
(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 during the first six semesters
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 1995).
(2) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries.
92 Music 1998-99 Catalog
(3) completion of music core courses and MSC 136, 216, 223, 227, 316, 330, 331,
333, 334 ,335, 336, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 1 10.
(4) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the
college cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic area.
8/4 for a total of 12 credits.
510. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills.
Preparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit.
520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for but not restricted to music majors with minimal
vocal skills. Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit.
530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit.
540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits.
600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given
for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over
the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s).
Music Ensembles
601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for music
education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the general
education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to
all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrangements
of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on
occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open to
all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
604. Concert Choir.
Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large
ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
604. College Choir.
Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
Lebanon Valley College Music 93
605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs chamber
vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit.
610. Woodwind Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
615. Brass Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit
616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
625. Jazz Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
630. Chamber Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit.
Music Education Program
The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music,
is designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through grade
12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education major
prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of Education and
are administered by competency jury. Students participate in student teaching in area
elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student teaching
semester, each student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the student
teaching semester, the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, private
lessons, or an ensemble.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education.
Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MSC 136, 216, 223, 227, 316, 330, 331, 333,
334, 335, 336, 345 or 347, 416, 441; EDU 1 10; PSY 210 (recommended), 220; and a 2.50
cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only
one half-hour lesson in their principal performance medium during the student teaching
semester if they are preparing a recital.
94 Music 1998-99 Catalog
Music Recording Technology Program
The Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology (B.M.) is designed to
prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording
industries.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology.
Music Recording Technology (B.M. ): Core courses plus :MRT 177,219,277,278,370, 371,
372,373,374,400or500,473,474;PHY 103, 104,203,212,350; andMAS102(or higher).
Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT):
177. Survey of Music Recording Technology. An introductory course in the field. 1 credit.
219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed through
class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing and discrimi-
nating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to various
production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit.
277. Recording Arts I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio signal and
acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and signal process-
ing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and projects. 3 credits.
278. Recording Arts II. Multitrack studio production techniques are developed through class
discussion, demonstration, and project assignments. Theory and application of MIDI
technology and its integration into music production is emphasized. Students use the studios
for assignments and individual projects. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 3 credits.
370. Tonmeister Recording. Students use the art of recording live ensembles, focusing on
tonmeister recording techniques and philosophy. Prerequisite: MRT 278. 1 credit.
371. Music Industry I. Topics discussed include: how the music business operates,
songwriting and music publishing, copyright law, music licensing, record companies and
recording contracts. Writing intensive. 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
372. Music Industry II. Topics discussed include: music merchandising, retail, entrepre-
neurship, promotion, advertising, and distribution; music for telecommunications and new
media. Prerequisite: MRT 37 1 and permission of the instructor. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
373. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use, and development of electronic
music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis techniques,
sampling, and studio production integration. 3 credits.
374. Digital Audio Technology. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications
of digital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed
include: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer-
based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media applications.
Prerequisite: MRT 382. 3 credits
Lebanon Valley College Music 95
400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and j
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites: '
MRT 382 and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken either
in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the last
semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework is completed, allows
students to relocate for the term. If a full-time internship is chosen, then Interactive Media
Production will be waived.
473. New Media Technology. The world of interactive media is explored. Students are
exposed to a variety of multimedia technologies such as digital video, digital imaging,
animation, 3-D modeling, and authoring systems. Industry-standard software packages such
as Director, Premiere, Photoshop, HyperCard, etc. are used for demonstrations and projects.
Prerequisite: MRT 473. 3 credits.
474. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and
practiced. These include musicality , client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An individual
emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, organizational, and
personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project. Prerequisite:
MRT 381. 2 credits.
Faculty
Johannes M. Dietrich, assistant professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music.
Dietrich teaches violin, viola, and the music history sequence. He directs the Lebanon Valley
College Symphony Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and performs solo recitals.
Scott H. Eggert, professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Kansas.
Eggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint, and composition. He is active as a
composer and has premiered major works on and off campus.
Robert H. Hearson, professor of music.
Ed.D., University of Illinois.
A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music
education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is
founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the
LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active as
a performer, clinician, adjudicator, and guest conductor.
Barry R. Hill, assistant professor of music.
M.M., New York University.
Hill is the director of the music recording technology program. A member of the National
Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences, he has a significant background of experience
including record production, interactive media, MIDI/electronic music, live reinforcement,
and studio/system design. He teaches music technology courses, supervises development of
the on-campus studios, and administers the internship program.
96 Music 1998-99 Catalog
Jeffery F. Kleinsorge, assistant professor of music.
Ph.D., Michigan State University.
With degrees in composition and piano performance, Kleinsorge teaches music theory, aural
theory, class piano and private lessons.
Mary L. Lemons, assistant professor of music.
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and
supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC student chapter.
Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson.
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music education,
and voice. Conductor of the LVC Concert Choir and Chamber Choir, Mecham also serves
as adjudicator, chnician, and consultant.
Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, assistant professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Iowa.
Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ peda-
gogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs the
handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals, and advises the Sigma Alpha lota
chapter.
Philip G. Morgan, associate professor of music.
M.S., Pittsburg State University (Kansas).
Morgan teaches applied voice with specialization in vocal technique, vocal pedagogy and
vocal literature. He performs frequently in solo recitals, oratorios, and chamber recitals in the
United States and Europe. He serves as vocal coach for Hershey Park's summer shows.
Jeff Snyder, instructor in music.
B.A., University of West Florida.
Snyder is assistant director of the music recording technology program. He has designed
curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for several artists, public
schools, colleges, universities, and technical schools. He has produced, engineered, and been
a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, songs, and recordings.
Thomas M. Strohman, assistant professor of music.
B.S., Lebanon Valley College.
He is responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies, and directs the jazz ensembles. A
founding member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," he has recorded for Columbia Artists.
Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Iowa.
Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and
piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist.
Lebanon Valley College Music 97
Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs.
B.A., Colby College.
She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University.
Teresa R. Bowers, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Ohio State University.
Bowers teaches applied flute, double reeds, flute pedagogy, and conducts the flute ensemble.
She is a member of Duo Francais, a flute-harp duo, and appears as a recitalist and clinician.
James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music.
Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington,
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass
Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and clinician.
Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., Temple University .
Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, Washington,
D.C; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading Symphonies.
Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of "Basic'ly Brass," a professional brass
quintet.
Nevelyn J. Knisley, adjunct associate professor of music.
M.F.A., Ohio University.
Knisley performs extensively as a piano soloist, accompanist and chamber music performer.
James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music.
A member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and
electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area.
Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Combs College of Music.
He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class guitar,
guitar ensemble, and jazz theory.
Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., University of Miami.
He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble.
Laurie Haines Reese, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., University of Southern California.
An active recitalist, chamber music performer, and member of the York Symphony
Orchestra, she teaches private cello lessons, string methods, and an Introduction to Music
course.
98 Music 1998-99 Catalog
Victoria Rose, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Towson State University.
Teaching class voice, private lessons, and the College Choir, she is an active recitalist and
oratorio soloist in Central Pennsylvania, Philadelphia and Baltimore.
Robert Siemers, adjunct assistant professor of music.
D.M.A., Indiana University.
He teaches applied piano, class piano, Introduction to Music, and is an active performer in
the region.
David Still, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
He is an environmental acoustics engineer specializing in structural acoustics, roadway
projects, etc. Still has a long track record as recording engineer, studio and facility designer,
and producer, including Grammy- winning projects for Muddy Waters. He often teaches the
musical acousitics and audio electronics classes for the music recording technology program.
Lebanon Valley College
Music 99
PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
Although the college does not offer a major in physical education, two units of physical
education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of good
health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life.
Courses in Physical Education (FED):
102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic movements.
The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight control
and heart rate monitoring.
113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. About
eight weeks will be spent in league play.
122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and weight
control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement, and flexibility training.
125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf.
735. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition
used in racquetball.
146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in singles
and doubles.
160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction.
162. Water Exercise. Includes water-walking, water running and other aerobic water
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve strength
and cardiovascular endurance.
167. Scuba. Instruction by certified dive shop. Learn to use the equipment in sports center
pool and then go to various sites for dives.
168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding program
is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge necessary to
keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After successfully
completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in:
Lifeguarding (3 year certification)
First Aid (3 year certification)
CPR for the Professional Rescuer ( 1 year certification)
169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills,
knowledge, and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross
Swimming and Water Safety courses:
Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP)
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression
Basic Water Safety
Emergency Water Safety
Water Safety Instructor Aide
100 Physical Education 1998-99 Catalog
i
170. Skiing. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction at Blue Marsh Ski Area.
180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, emphasiz-
ing team concepts.
190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading.
Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking
the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit
waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one
semester of marching band, or one semester of military science (Army ROTC Cadets only).
Students must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity.
Faculty
Allan G. MacCormack, program director.
M.S., Ithaca College.
He is the coach of the ice hockey team and the director of the physical education program.
O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education.
M.A. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University.
He instructs the fitness classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse rate and recovery,
strength testing devices and workout charts. He also instructs bowling, racquetball and skiing
and team activities such as softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic program
are track and field (indoor and outdoor) and cross country.
Lebanon Valley College
Physical Education 101
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Physics Program
Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement of
experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at Lebanon
Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws dealing with
motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear structure,
and the properties of matter.
Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as physicists
and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possibilities include
technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their professional
training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other professional
schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business.
The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the fourth floor of the Garber
Science Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department maintains
an x-ray laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics laboratory, electronics laboratory, and
nuclear physics laboratory. Students majoring in physics also have the opportunity to use
equipment (e.g., electron microscope, mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic resonance
spectrometer) maintained by other science departments.
Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research, and participate in the local
chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, supported by
college funds or external grants, are available for physics students.
Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A student
can spend a semester, typically in the senior year, as a physics student at Anglia Polytechnic
University in England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with
the richness of an international experience.
The Physics Department also directs the "3+2" Engineering program. For details see
Cooperative Programs, page 21.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics.
Major: PHY 111, 112, (or 103, 104 with permission), 211, 311, 312, 321, 322, 327, 328 and
four additional semesterhours above 21 1 ; MAS 16 1,1 62, 26 land266orMAS 11 1,1 12, 261
and 266. (43^7 credits)
Minor: PHY 111, 112 (or 103, 104), 211, plus six credits in physics above 211; MAS 111
or 161. (21-23 credits)
Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in eduation and the sciences.
Contact the department for the courses required.
Courses in Physics (PHY):
100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the important
concepts of physics, both classical and modem, and with the scientific method, its nature and
102 Physics 1998-99 Catalog
1
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other
disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two-hour laboratory
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation, and analysis of experimental
data, and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits.
103, 104, General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 4
credits per semester.
Ill, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, designed
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite
or corequisite: MAS 1 1 1 or 161. 4 credits per semester.
203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves and
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 104 or 112 or
permission. 3 credits.
211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modem physics, including the
foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic nucleus, radioactivity,
andnuclearreactions, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 104 or 1 12,MAS
1 1 1 or 161, or permission. 4 credits.
212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including
diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and integrated
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 104 or 1 12, or permission 4
credits.
302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems, and fiber
optics. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits.
304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and second
laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engineering are
included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. Prerequisites:
PHY 112 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits.
311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including the
motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles, and the motion of a rigid body.
Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description of rigid
body motion, and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among the topics
treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester.
Lebanon Valley College Physics 103
321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag-
netism together with the apphcation of fundamental principles of the solving of problems.
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current
circuits, the Maxwell field equations, and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are
among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester.
327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the area of
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear physics,
with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques, and analysis of data. Prereq-
uisite: PHY 211. PHY 328 is writing intensive. 1 and 2 credits per semester.
350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, modulation, and
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized.
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the
student with some of the special methods, programs, and problems in the teaching of physics
in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit.
421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modem physics, utilizing
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where appro-
priate. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester.
428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the scanning electron microscope,
mass spectrometer, and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. Through laboratory
exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use and application of these
instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced students in the sciences or
technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 3 credits.
Faculty
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical
physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of
physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent one year teaching
in China.
Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded
surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests include
electronics and experimental design.
\
104 Physics 1998-99 Catalog
I
Mark Ness, assistant professor of earth science. Director of the Master of Science Education
Program.
D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University.
His teaching interests include physical geology, meteorology, and astronomy, as well as
science education. Others interests include remote sensing and earth science education.
William Robert Miller Jr., adjunct professor of physics.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His background is experimental solid state physics with interests in mathematical methods
in physics.
Arlen J. Greiner, adjunct assistant professor of physics.
M.S., Franklin and Marshall College.
Having been an engineer for RCA and GE for over 25 years, his background includes physics
and engineering with a specialization in electronics. In 1998, he received the Knisley Award
for outstanding teaching.
Lebanon Valley College
Physics 105
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE AND ECONOMICS
Political Science Program
Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to them
Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough understanding
of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, and international
politics. One half of the 36 credits in this major must be taken in core requirements and the
other half consist of elective credits chosen by the student. Political science majors have gone
on to careers in law, politics, high school teaching, and government service.
The political science major is closely related to the pre-law and criminal justice programs.
Several political science courses are required for each of them.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science.
Major: PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220, 350 and six additional elective courses in political
science (36 credits).
Minor: PSC 111, 112, 130,210,220, and one additional elective course in political science
(18 credits).
Courses in Political Science (PSC):
111. American National Government I. In this course, we discuss the ideas that shaped the
original American political system and the ways these ideas have developed. In addition, we
examine important civil rights questions relating to freedom of speech, the press, and rehgion.
The course also explores contemporary debates over equal rights (affirmative action) and
privacy rights (abortion and sexual orientation). Finally, we look at the operations of interest
groups and political parties and the processes by which candidates get elected to office. 3 credits.
112. American National Government II. In this course, we discuss the functions of the
Presidency, the Congress, and the federal courts. With this material learned, we examine
various domestic, defense, and foreign policy-making questions including debates over
balancing the budget, welfare reform, defense strategies, and U.S. relations with other
nations. The course also includes an examination of state and local government. 3 credits.
130. International Relations. The study of international relations focuses on a series of
questions: Who are the principal actors in the international system? How has the international
system evolved into its present form? What are the central issues confronting the international
system? And, finally, what appears to be the prospects for a humane, peaceful international
order? 3 credits.
140. Modern Asia. This course examines modem Asia, a region that has undergone a
remarkable economic modernization and now stands as one of the world's great centers of
wealth and power. The course traces Asia's 19th century enslavement to imperialism and
colonialism, followed by its tragic descent into war in the first half of the 20th century. The
bulk of the course traces the meteoric rise of Asia in the late 20th century. Industrialization,
modernization, and democratization are the themes of much of the course. Foreign studies.
3 credits.
106 Political Science and Economics 1998-99 Catalog
I
150. Modern Middle East. A broadly interdisciplinary survey of the development of the
modem Middle East. The region's diverse social, cultural, political, and economic charac-
teristics are examined and particular attention given to the complex relationship between the
Middle East and the west. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
160. The Political System of Germany. This course introduces students to the political
system of Germany, with emphasis on actual daily political events and the current political
climate in Germany. Both foreign and domestic issues will be discussed, including topics
such as EastAVest relations, disarmament, unification, the environment, and Neo-Nazism.
Class time is divided between lecture, and discussion of outside readings. Offered in the
Cologne Program. 3 credits.
210. Comparative Government. This course is a comparative study of important political
systems of the world. Methods of comparing government are also treated. Countries surveyed
are Great Britain, Germany, France, Russia, Japan, China, and two or three countries from
the developing world. 3 credits.
211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia,
Africa, and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic and
international dimensions is emphasized. Country studies will include Nigeria, Mexico and
the Philippines. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research empha-
sizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experiments and correlational studies.
Prerequisite or corequisite: PSY 100 or 120. 3 credits. (Cross-listed as Psychology 216.)
220. Political Philosophy. This course investigates how thinking about politics has devel-
oped from the time of the Greeks in 5th century Athens down to the late 20th century. The
course uses the central questions of politics (Why obey? Who should rule?) as the focus for
examining Western political thinking. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
250. Public Policy Analysis. This course gives students an understanding of the public policy
process and of policy analysis at the national level of government. The course includes
theories of policy-making as well as an examination of such substantive policy areas as
foreign, defense, subsidy, and redistributive pohcies. Prerequisites: PSC 111 and 112, or
permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
260. The President and Congress.Thi^ course will examine the Presidency and Congress as
institutions and as policy-making agencies of the government. It will focus on the necessary
interactions between these two branches of the government. Prerequisites: PSC 1 1 1 and 112
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
312. American Foreign Policy. A survey of the foreign policy of the United States,
emphasizing the post- World War II era. Topics covered include the policymaking process,
especially the ongoing struggle between the President and the Congress over the power to
make foreign policy, the evolution of American foreign policy since World War II, and the
principal issues confronting the nation since the end of the Cold War. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Political Science and Economics 107
315. American Constitutional Law I. Constitutional law and interpretation and the powers
of government. Topics include judicial review, national supremacy, private property,
contracts, commerce powers, equal rights, and civil liberties. PSC 111 and 112 strongly
recommended. 3 credits.
316. American Constitutional Law 11. Constitutional law and interpretation and the Bill of
Rights. Emphasis is given to civil liberties, equal rights, and rights of the accused. PSC 111
and 112 strongly recommended. 3 credits.
320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process, with emphasis on presidential
and congressional elections and the role of parties, public opinion, and interest groups. 3
credits.
330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local
relations with the federal government. 3 credits.
350. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors to
pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the seminar
is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference. Prereq-
uisites: major in political science and junior or senior standing. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law.
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 1 12. 3 credits.
420. Seminar in World Politics. A consideration of significant theories of international
relations and their applicability to such selected contemporary issues as superpower rela-
tions, conflict resolution, development of the poor nations, and economic interdependence.
Prerequisites: PSC 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Economics Program
Economics is the science of the choices forced on us by a world of resources that have
competing uses. The traditional major in economics deals with decisions and choices made
by individuals and firms and with the macroeconomic consequences of those choices. In
addition to this traditional major, the department offers a major in public policy economics
which emphasizes the application of economic methodology and analytical tools to the
choices made by groups such as firms, families and political units. This major includes
courses in political science and a government-service oriented internship.
Degree Requirements:
Degrees: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics.
Major: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in
economics; ACT 161; MAS 150 or 161 or 1 1 1; MAS 170 or 270 or 372 (36 credits).
108 Politcal Science and Economics 1998-99 Catalog
Major: (Economics: Public Policy Concentration) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 250, 321, 400,
410, and 315 or 316; PSC 111, 112 and 250; ACT 161, MAS 150, MAS 170or 270or 372
(48 credits).
Minor: (Economics) ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional economics elective
course (18 credits).
Courses in Economics (ECN):
100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues covered
remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race and gender in
microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation and growth at the
macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 and/or 102 may not
receive credit for ECN 100.)
101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms make
choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how much of their
time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. Firms decide how
much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their goods. Together these
choices determine what is produced, how it is produced and for whom it is produced in our
economic system. 3 credits.
102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment,
and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables and reach
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits.
201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer and
firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for social
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model of the
macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation
and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeconomic implica-
tions of free trade and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macroeconomics.
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Political Science and Economics 109
250. Public Choice Economics. This course is the foundation course for the curriculum in
Public Policy. It concerns itself with how individuals and groups make decisions in the
context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the government. It goes beyond
individual choice and private markets to group interests and activities. It emphasizes the
ethical and political nature of all economic choices. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102.
3 credits.
312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit,
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The course
considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and monetary policy
making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
375, Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic theory
to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension between
efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal point. Topics such
as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical problems of quality versus
quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions are examined. Prerequisites:
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it attaches
to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays in decisions
affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and
102. 3 credits.
321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application in
the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the Federal
Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and the division
of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and
102. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of interna-
tional economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modem theory of trade with
imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of trade (World
Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary Fund) are covered.
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each student
will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical computer
program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique articles
from referred economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102,
201, 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
110 Political Science and Economics 1998-99 Catalog
Criminal Justice Program
For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counseling
juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work, and other areas), the courses listed below
constitute the criminal justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the
Political Science and Economics Departments function as advisers for this program.
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers.
Degree Requirements:
There is no major or minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily combined
with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined to majors
in these areas.
The courses required are as follows: PSC 112,315,316,415; SOC 110,331,333; one of the
following: SOC 271, SOC 272, SOC 278; six credits of PSC, PSY, SOC, or SWK 400. (30
credits)
Faculty
D. Eugene Brown, professor of political science.
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
He teaches international studies, with a particular emphasis on Asia. He has authored or
coauthored four books on international affairs and a number of papers, articles, monographs,
and book chapters on Japanese foreign policy. He was Visiting Professor of Foreign Policy
at the U.S. Army War College from 1989-1991 and was the Visiting Professor of Interna-
tional Affairs at Nanjing University in China from 1995-1996.
Paul A. Heise, associate professor of economics.
Ph.D., New School for Social Research.
His chief areas of interest are public policy and the history of economic thought. He has
served in several positions in the U.S. Department of State and the Executive Office of the
President. He has published in the United States and abroad on labor and multinational
corporations and on the philosophy of Adam Smith.
Jeanne C. Hey, associate professor of economics. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Lehigh University.
She specializes in economic theory and environmental and health economics. Her chief
interests are in the application of economic principles to the study of social issues. Her
professional focus is on the economic analyses of state and local public policy issues.
John D. Norton, professor of political science.
Ph.D., American University.
He teaches courses in American government, constitutional law, political theory and
American politics. He is the pre-law adviser for the college. His professional and research
interests are in the areas of American Constitutionalism, history of political thought and
political rhetoric.
Lebanon Valley College Political Science and Economics 1 1 1
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology Program
The goal of psychology is the scientific description and explanation of behavior. This goal
is approached in diverse ways: from laboratory experiments on animal behavior at one
extreme, to clinical interventions having therapeutic behavioral objectives at the other. This
diversity makes psychology important to fields such as business, education, and medicine,
and makes it an integral part of any liberal arts education.
The undergraduate major in psychology incorporates many aspects of psychology. It
includes elements of a general education as well as elements specially tailored to each
student's career training. Some students completing the major have gone on to prestigious
graduate schools while others have utilized their undergraduate training to take jobs
immediately upon graduation. The departmental degree requirements are sensitive to this
career diversity.
Degree Requirements:
The courses required of all psychology majors include: The Individual and Society (PSY
100), General Psychology (PSY 110), Experimental Psychology (PSY 210), Psychological
Statistics (PS Y 2 1 6), Sophomore Seminar (PSY 299), and the History of Psychology (PSY 443).
These courses provide a firm foundation for specialization in any of the content areas of
psychology.
The student majoring in psychology is also expected to focus in one of four content areas:
(1) chnical and counseling psychology
(2) experimental psychology
(3) developmental and school psychology
(4) industrial/organizational psychology
The three required courses in an area of specialization are intended to link the liberal arts
background to specific career goals.
In addition to these general and specialized courses, all psychology majors are encouraged
to participate in the educational process beyond the classroom through independent studies,
laboratory research, and internships. The department is committed to providing opportuni-
ties for work experiences as a component of the psychology major.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in psychology.
Major: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216, 299, 443; one course from: 335, 354, 355, 356, 358; one
course from 321, 332, 343, 346; and three additional courses from a single specialty area (32
credits). For a concentration in clinical/counsehng psychology, the additional courses should
be from 332, 335, 343, 359, 431, 432. For a concentration in experimental/physiological
psychology, the additional courses should be from 335, 346, 354, 355, 356, 358, 359. For a
concentration in organizational/industrial psychology, the additional courses should be from
160, 332, 335, 337, 346, 359. For a concentration in developmental/school psychology, the
additional courses should be from 160, 220, 321, 322, 326, 332, 343, 346, 359.
112 Psychology 1998-99 Catalog
Minor: PSY 100, 1 10, 210, 216 and three elective courses in psychology (22 credits). For an
emphasis in clinical/counseling psychology, two of the electives should be from 332, 335,
343, 358, 431, 432. For an emphasis in experimental/physiological psychology, two of the
electives should be from 335, 354, 355, 356, 358. For an emphasis in organizational/
industrial psychology, two of the electives should be from 160, 332, 337, 346. For an
emphasis in developmental/school psychology, two of the electives should be from 220, 321,
322, 326, 332, 346.
Courses in Psychology (PSY):
100. Psychology: The Individual and Society. An introduction to psychology as a social
science. Covers the interactions of the individual and society that influence development,
learning, motivation, sexuality, and identity, as well as social and emotional adjustment. 3 credits.
110. General Psychology. A survey course examining the relationship between research and
theory in the field of psychology. The course is intended to give the student an overview of
all areas of specialization within psychology. 3 credits.
160. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies,
occupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are encouraged
to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and goals.
Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits.
210. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. Focuses on psychology as a science. It
emphasizes laboratory research, and covers topics relevant to scientific research, and science
in general (e.g.. research design, experimental methods, data analysis and interpretation, and
scientific ethics). Topics of experimental psychology (eg. sensory and perceptual processes,
learning and memory, psychological testing, and social behaviors) are discussed. Writing
intensive. 4 credits.
216. Quantitative Methods in Behavioral Science. Evaluation of behavioral research
emphasizing the descriptive and inferential statistics used in experimental research and
correlational studies. Prerequisite or corequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, or 210. 3 credits. {Cross-
listed as Political Science 216.}
220. Educational Psychology. Studies of cognitive, behavioral, emotional and social
processes in the school; required for certification in elementary and music education.
Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10 or 210. 3 credits.
299. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in developing
skills to be more successful in future academic and work settings. Subjects include current
research in psychology and related fields, how to improve writing skills, how to prepare for
a career in psychology, how to apply to a graduate program, how to study for the GRE, and
how to choose internships sites. 1 credit. This will be graded pass/fail.
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 113
321. Psychology of Child Development. A study of the patterns of cognitive, social and
emotional developmental changes occurring during childhood. Special attention is given to
research studies, developmental mechanisms and theories of development. Prerequisite:
PSY 100, 1 10 or 210. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
322. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development,
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, emotional development, identity
and self-concept, sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisite: PSY
100, 110, 210 or 216. 3 credits.
326. Psychology of Adult Development. A study of research literature and theories con-
cerned with psychological change in the adult, from late adolescence to death. Includes the
works of such theorists as Maslo w and Erikson . Prerequisite : PS Y 1 00, 1 1 0, 2 1 0 or 2 1 6. 3 credits .
332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. Introduction to the principles of psychological
measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and interpretations
of existing psychological tests. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, or 210. 3 credits.
335. Research Design and Statistics. A survey of experimental designs utilized in psycho-
logical investigations. Includes factorial experiments, field studies, correlative designs and
multivariate techniques. Readings are selected from current research in clinical, educational,
organizational, and laboratory settings. Prerequisites: PSY 210, 216 or permission. Writing
intensive. 3 credits.
337. Organizational Psychology. A study of psychological principles as applied to problems
of organizational behavior, with emphasis on personnel selection, human engineering, group
dynamics, systems design, training, leadership, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite:
PSY 100, 110 or 210. 3 credits.
343. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, emphasizing psychoanalysis,
humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. Prerequisite: PSY
100, 1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing, or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics covered
may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person perception,
attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 1 10 or 210; junior or
senior standing, or permission. 3 credits.
350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the
physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including alcohol,
marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, LSD and other
hallucinogens, barbiturates and amphetamines. 3 credits
354. Cognitive Science. This course will involve an exploration into the nature of thought by
connecting ideas from the fields of psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and
computer science. Topics to be explored include philosophical arguments on the nature of the
mind, human and artificial intelligence, psychologically-, brain- and coniputer-based models
114 Psychology 1998-99 Catalog
of mental organization, thought-related disorders, and the biological and psychological
processes underlying consciousness, memory, language, and reasoning. Prerequisites: PSY
100 or 1 10; PSY 210 or 216. 3 credits.
355. Learning and Memory. This course surveys psychological research on learning and
memory. Topics include classical and instrumental conditioning, verbal learning, problem
solving, basic memory processes, and models of learning and memory. Prerequisite: PSY
100, 1 10, 210 or permission. 3 credits.
356. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. This course focuses on the structures and functions
of sensory systems. It includes the study of the visual system as a model to delineate
information processing strategies in the eye, the optic nerve, and the brain. The course will
delineate sensory from perceptual processes. The perception of visual, olfactory, auditory,
gustatory and vestibular and cutaneous information will be discussed from experimental,
physiological, and philosophical perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 1 10, 210 or permis-
sion. One course in biology is recommended. 3 credits.
358. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavioral
processes. Focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, learning and
memory, sleep, and motivation and emotion. The laboratory portion of the course includes
sheep brain dissection and behavioral observation. Prerequisite: PSY 100, 110, 210 or
permission; completion of a biology course is recommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Psychobiology 358. }
359. Research Practicum. A course designed to provide students with the opportunity to
develop a research idea and carry it through to completion, with literature, review proposal,
pilot study, data analysis, write-up, and presentation. The aim of the course is to give students
practical experience in research so that they have a better appreciation of the nature of the
research process. Prerequisites: PSY 210 and 216 or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
385. Health Psychology /Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an introduction to
health psychology /behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychology in the health
field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between psychological factors and
physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. The study of behavioral medicine
will include treatment of stress and stress-related disorders, preventive health behaviors and
factors related to adherence of treatment programs. It also explores the psychological
connections of pain and pain management, and how personal control is related to both health
and the disease process. 3 credits.
431. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnormal
intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 1 10 or 210; junior or senior standing or
permission. 3 credits.
432. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist persons
and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group therapy,
marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 100, 1 10
or 210; PSY 431 or some psychiatric experience, or permission. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 115
443. History and Theory. Studies the history of psychology including philosophical
concepts, early schools of psychology, important trends, and famous psychologists. Prereq-
uisites: PSY 1 10; junior or senior standing; or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
Faculty
Salvatore S. Cullari, professor of psychology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology, personality and social
psychology. His current research areas are in schizophrenia and the study of eating disorders.
Deanna L. Dodson, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Memphis.
Her teaching interests are in lifespan development, experimental psychology and research
methods. Her current research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and
developmental patterns in lateralization.
Kerrie D. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Her teaching interests include child and lifespan developmental psychology. Her research
interests are in cognition and aging.
Louis Manza, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
His teaching interests include cognitive psychology, statistics, experimental methodology,
and the history of psychology. Research interests focus on implicit learning and memory,
cognition and emotion, attention, and the neurological processes underlying thought processes.
Steven M. Specht, associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton.
His teaching interests include statistics and experimental design, as well as a variety of areas
in psychobiology . Current research interests are ingestive behaviors, human taste perception
and psychobiology.
Martha Bred, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., Fordham University.
Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychology.
Stephanie (Stevie) Falk, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago
Her teaching interests are in clinical and counseling psychology. She is in private practice.
Lawrence Haber, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
His teaching interests are in clinical and abnormal psychology. He the President/CEO of the
Stevens Center, Carlisle, PA.
116 Psychology 1998-99 Catalog
%
Louis B. Laguna, adjunct assistant professor of psychology .
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
His teaching interests are in clinical and counseling psychology and he is in private-practice.
Joseph E. Peters, adjunct associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Supervises the internship students. His research interests are in clinical psychology and
computer applications to patient management. He is a clinical psychologist at a veterans
administration hospital.
Beth J. Shaw, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Rhode Island.
Her teaching areas are developmental and educational psychology. She is a psychologist at
Milton Hershey School.
Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His teaching interests are in experimental psychology, neuropsychology and abnormal
psychology. He is a staff psychologist at a veterans administration hospital.
Lebanon Valley College
Psychology 117
I
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
A major in religion or philosophy may be combined with a major or minor in another
subject. Many majors go on to advanced study in graduate or professional schools and
seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in education, law, ministry
and business.
Religion Program
The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the religious
dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various
historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well as to the
diverse religious traditions of humankind.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion.
Major: REL 110, 115, 116,201 or 202, 311, 312, and four additional courses in religion, of
which at least one must be in 200-level courses and one in 300-level courses (30 credits).
Minor: REL 110, 115, 116, 201 or 202; and two additional courses in religion, of which at
least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 credits).
Note: To be credited for majors or minors in religion, cross-listed courses must be designated
as religion courses at registration.
Courses in Religion (REL): I
110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a central
human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, religion in
its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. I
775. World Religions I. An introduction to the majorreligions of African and middle-eastern
origin, with emphasis on Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 1
116. World Religions II. An introduction to the major religions of far-eastern origin with
emphasis on the religious traditions of India, China and Japan. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression in
America. 3 credits.
130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; and
interpretations of revelation, symbolism, and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Philosophy 130.}
160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both personal
and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits.
118 Religion and Philosophy 1998-99 Catalog
201. Biblical Literature I. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the Old
Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 credits.
202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, including
its historical and social context. 3 credits.
251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings and
practices. 3 credits.
253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of society in
China, India, and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanctions for
societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including India,
Egypt, and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and formulating
less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also explores a variety of
theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
311. History of Christianity I. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the
Renaissance. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
312. History of Christianity II. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation to
the ecumenical era. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of rehgious expression in America. Writing
intensive. 3 credits. (Cross-listed as Sociology 322.}
332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction,
poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of the
cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of those
theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the early
modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing intensive.
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 337.}
342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary
perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 342.}
Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 119
352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early
modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of
reason, and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 352.}
Philosophy Program
The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening critical
and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial questions
of values, knowledge, reality and their relation to human nature.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy.
Major: PHL 1 20, 1 60, 300; at least one course from PHL 30 1-336; and six additional courses
in philosophy (30 credits).
Minor: PHL 160, 300; at least one course from PHL 301-336; nine additional courses in
philosophy (18 credits).
Note: To be credited for majors or minors in philosophy, cross-listed courses must be
designated as philosophy courses at registration.
Courses in Philosophy (PHL):
110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the ways
major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits.
120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention is
given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference, and the logic of factual inquiry.
Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements of symbolic
logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits.
130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; and
interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Religion 130.}
140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from
colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and Dewey. 3 credits.
160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits.
215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues,
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, law,
government, and religion. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
1 20 Religion and Philosophy 1 998-99 Catalog
220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of
government, ancient and modem, but especially since the 16th century. Writing intensive. 3
credits. {Cross-listed as Political Science 220.}
257. Chinese Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese philosophical
traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism, and Chinese Buddhism. Key writings
are examined together with their historical background. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
252. Indian Philosophies. An examination of the major philosophical traditions of India,
orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and practical effects in culture.
Foreign studies. 3 credits.
260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modem
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility,
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest, and cost/
benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable portion
of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits.
300. History of Philosophy. The development of philosophical thought from the pre-
Socratics through the 19th century, with emphasis on philosophy as a discipline of systematic
inquiry. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
301-335. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British, and
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of the
cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of those
theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the early
modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing intensive.
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 337}.
342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary
perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 342}.
349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1 939- 1 945, for acquiescing to and perpetrat-
ing the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing intensive. Disciplinary
perspective. 3 credits.
352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early
modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics
Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 1 2 1
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of
reason, and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-hsted as Religion 352}.
Faculty
Eric W. Bain-Selbo, assistant professor of religion and philosophy.
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
He specializes in social ethics and recent continental European philosophy. He has presented
conference papers on religion and the family and on teaching religious studies. Interests
include Judaism, Asian philosophy and religion, and inter-rehgious dialogue.
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and American studies. Director of American
Studies Program.
Ph.D., Duke University.
His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the
Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American studies,
religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies, and mysticism.
John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Boston University.
His teaching interests include logic, philosophy of religion, metaphysics, and history of
philosophy. He has published research in philosophy of perception. His current research
concentrates on Hegel and issues in science and religion.
J. Noel Hubler, assistant professor of religion and philosophy.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
His teaching interests include philosophical ethics and major world religions. He specializes
in ancient and medieval philosophy and Christianity and has done research in how cosmology
is understood by the major world traditions.
Mark E. Achtermann, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy.
M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary.
He teaches introduction to philosophy, Asian philosophy, and world religions. He is
interested in comparative, cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary studies.
Clayton Crockett, adjunct assistant professor of philosophy .
Ph.D., Syracuse University. j
He specializes in philosophical theology and has taught courses in both religion and
philosophy. He has published his research in major reference books and professional
journals.
Robert W. Dell, adjunct assistant professor of religion and philosophy.
Ph.D., Drew University.
He teaches introduction to religion. His interests are in philosophical theology and computer
applications in religion and philosophy.
122 Religion and Philosophy 1998-99 Catalog
Richard E. Denison, Jr., adjunct assistant professor of religion.
D. Min., University of Chicago.
He specializes in religion in America, and he has published his research in professional
journals. He is a chaplain in the Pennsylvania Air National Guard and is active in many
community organizations.
Jon A. Fogle, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
D. Min, Princeton Theological Seminary.
He has developed continuing education seminars for the Milton S. Hershey - Pennsylvania
State University Medical Center and the Pennsylvania State Pastors Conference. He also
participates in community and ecumenical organizations.
Donald C. Hoepfer, adjunct instructor in philosophy.
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
He teaches logic, business ethics, and other courses in philosophy. He specializes in the
history of philosophy.
David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
Ph.D., Temple University.
A specialist in the history of Amercian religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses,
including world religions, religion in America, and history of Christianity.
James W, McArdle, adjunct instructor of philosophy.
M.A., West Chester University.
He teaches logic, American philosophy, and other basic courses.
Thomas H. Sanagorski, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
M. Div., United Theological Seminary.
He teaches introduction to religion, business ethics, and other continuing education courses
and is pastor of Geyers United Methodist Church, Middletown.
Helen D. Schroepfer, adjunct instructor in religion.
M.A., St. Mary's Seminary and University.
She teaches world reUgions and other courses. She is a doctoral student at Temple University.
Louis Zivic, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
M.A., Jewish Theological Seminary of America.
Rabbi of Congregation Beth Israel, Lebanon, he is active in community affairs. He has
published articles in various Jewish publications and has taught a variety of continuing
education courses.
Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 123
SOCIAL STUDIES PROGRAM
The college offers a special program for students seeking certification to teach social
studies in the secondary schools . The program includes three required components : the social
studies core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the following disciplines:
history, political science, economics, sociology or psychology. Graduation requirements for
any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There is no
major in social studies. Dr. Howard L. Applegate is the coordinator of the Social Studies
Certification Program.
Program Requirements:
Social Studies core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 1 1 1, 1 12, 125, 126, 21 1; PSC 1 1 1, 1 12, 210;
PSY 346; and SOC 1 10, 120; plus two of the following: PSC 140, 150; HIS 271, 273, 275,
277 or 279 (each student shall take at least one history and one political science course with
the understanding that the two courses selected may not be on the same geographical area);
plus one of the following: HIS 261, 262 or SOC 362 (48 credits).
Secondary education core courses: EDU 110; HIS 360; SED 420, 430, 440, and highly
recommended SED 280 (24-27 credits).
Major courses: history, political science, economics, sociology or psychology. (32-40
credits).
124 Social Studies
1998-99 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK
Sociology Program
The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examining
the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of
themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why people behave
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is moving from
a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to work in
fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relationships is important.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology.
Major: SOC 1 10, 3 1 1 , 32 1 , 499; 2 1 additional credits in sociology excluding internships (33
credits).
Minor: SOC 110, 311, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships (18
credits).
Courses in Sociology (SOC):
110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including the
nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self, and group dynamics.
Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and poverty. 3 credits.
120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropology
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison.
3 credits.
210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental exploi-
tation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or
120. 3 credits.
211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the impact
of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits.
230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication,
conflict resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes an historical and cross-
cultural perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120.
3 credits.
240. Diversity & Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally deter-
mined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent
Lebanon Valley College Sociology 125
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differ-
ences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross-cultural
human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays and
games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills
necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. Prerequisite: SOC 110,
120. 3 credits.
261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary issues
related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, stereotypes
of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3
credits.
277. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories of
causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 120. 3 credits.
272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits.
278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin-
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits.
280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite:
SOC 110 or 120. 3 credits.
311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
321. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and
movements. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. 3 credits.
322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Prerequisite:
SOC 1 10 or 120. Writing intensive. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 322.}
126 Sociology 1998-99 Catalog
324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies, and social
response to the terminally ill patient. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 120. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
326. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social
situations. Topics will include images of women andtheir writings; biology and health; issues
of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, and
in the worlds of work and politics. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 120. Disciplinary perspective. 3
credits.
331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. Special attention is given to violent
crime, homicide, and rape. In addition, crimes such as arson, robbery, burglary and white
collar crime are covered. The question of whether or not such victimless crimes such as
pornography, prostitution and drug use should be considered crimes is explored. Prerequi-
site: SOC 1 10 or 120. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
333. Criminaljustice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish-
ment and the criminaljustice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, and the
death penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small group
organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective communication in
groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to practical situations.
Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. Prerequisite: SOC
110 or 120. 3 credits.
351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, the
grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. Prerequisite:
SOC llOor 120. 3 credits.
362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured
inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial, and ethnic groups.
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 120. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and the
effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, television
violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values and images
portrayed by the mass media. Prerequisite: 6 credits in sociology, junior standing or
permission. Writing intensive. 3 credits.
391. Race and Ethnic Relations in London. This course will examine selected racial and
ethnic groups of London, their inter-relationships and their relationships to the dominant
culture. Offered in the London Program. 4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Sociology 127
499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary
sociology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive
student participation. Prerequisite: 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits.
Social Work Program
The social work minor helps to prepare students for beginning professional practice in a
variety of social work settings. The minor emphasizes the generalist approach by offering a
solid foundation of core courses based on social work theory and practice. The program also
provides students the opportunity to focus upon areas of personal and professional interest
by choosing a concentration in such areas as criminal justice, family intervention, and the
aged and aging/death and dying.
Degree Requirements:
No major is offered in social work.
Minor: SOC 110; SWK242, 262, 272, 331; six credits ofSWK 400; one sociology elective
(24 credits).
Courses in Social Work (SWK):
242. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or
counseling. 3 credits.
262. Social Welfare. An introduction to social welfare policies and institutions including the
evolution of the welfare system in our society and its approach to social problems. Focuses
upon controversies relevant to public welfare. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits.
272. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total person
as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the developmental
process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation and
culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits.
331. Social Work Theory. A consideration of professional social work' s knowledge, values,
and skills base, with emphasis on generalist social work theory as it is utilized in case
management. Prerequisite: SWK 242. 3 credits.
Criminal Justice Program
The chairs of the Sociology and Social Work and the Political Science and Economics
Departments function as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 111 for
information on this program.
128 Sociology 1998-99 Catalog
Faculty
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology.
M.S.W., Temple University.
Among her teaching interests are sociology of the family, intercultural communication, small
groups, and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement orientation of female
students and the use of telecommunications in higher education.
Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire.
Her areas of interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass media,
and diversity. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques.
Sharon Hall Raffleld, associate professor of sociology.
M.S.W., Washington University.
Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children, and elders as well
as policies which impact upon them.
Robert D. Gingrich, adjunct instructor in social work.
M.S., Moravian College.
His teaching specialties include child abuse, juvenile delinquency and sexual abuse.
Lebanon Valley College
Sociology 129
GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Lebanon Valley College offers two graduate programs. These programs are the Master of
Business Administration (MBA) and the Master of Science Education (MSE).
The Master of Business Administration program is a multi-disciplinary program designed
to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organiza-
tions. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational expertise
in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and operations
management.
The Master of Science Education degree program is designed for elementary and middle
school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to enhance their
understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these concepts to their
students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learning of science.
Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology necessary to teach science
to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one area of science and desire
to complement it with comparable understanding of the other sciences, will benefit from this
program.
Graduate Program Policies and Procedures
Academic Advising and Registration
Graduate students should meet with their academic adviser prior to class registration. The
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the
adviser's signature.
Veteran Registration
The college meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title
38, United States Code, Section 1775. The graduate programs have been approved for
payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the
college. They are reimbursed by the Veterans Administration on a monthly basis. Applicants
having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should contact the college's
veterans representative in the Registrar's Office.
Transfer Credit
A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from
another graduate program with the approval of the program director and the registrar. No
transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B.
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used,
and any reading materials so proper credit may be given.
Concurrent Courses
A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another
educational institution without prior consent of the academic adviser and the registrar.
130 Graduate Academic Programs 1998-99 Catalog
Grading
Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, andF. Candidates must maintain a grade
point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program.
In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but
otherwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be completed
in the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will be
changed to F.
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the first 10 weeks. Thereafter, the
appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course.
No graduate course may be taken pass/fail.
Review Procedure
Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic period
by the academic adviser. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a C or
F in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on academic
probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficiencies and must
achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on probation. A
student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given course being repeated
only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be dropped from the program. A
student may appeal any decision of the program director to the senior vice-president and dean
of the faculty.
Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund
Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify
the adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student
notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure
Time Restriction
The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the date of
the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this period
shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional require-
ments in order to graduate.
Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishonesty
will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course is
mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program director in writing. A
letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the program director explaining the
consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the course and
expulsion from the graduate program and college are mandatory.
Address Changes
Any change of address must be reported to the Continuing Education Office as soon as
possible. A forwarding address should also be given to the Postal Service.
Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 1 3 1
Privacy of Student Records
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1 974 (P.L. 39-380)
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law.
Financial Aid
Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility.
Employee Tuition Reimbursement
Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places
of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50 -
100% of tuition. Some employers authorize the college to bill them directly. In this case,
students must present billing authorization when they register.
Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission
To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an official
withdrawal form obtained from the academic adviser. To apply for readmission, a graduate
student must have the written approval of the program director.
132 Graduate Academic Programs
1998-99 Catalog
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines liberal
arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The multi-
disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along with
exposure to courses in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corporate and
Organizational Ethics.
MBA Admissions
All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university.
All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is strongly recommended.
Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken quickly after all paperwork
has been processed.
Graduation Requirements
A candidate for the MBA must complete a maximum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and three
electives of the student' s choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A candidate must achieve
at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's within the 36 graduate credits
to be certified for graduation.
Degree Requirements
Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives.
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully.
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville and
Lancaster campuses as well as Camp Hill and Harrisburg locations.
Degree: Master of Business Administration.
Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 1 6 1 , 1 62; BUS 230, 322, 340, 361,
460; ECN 101, 102; MAS 170.
Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; HIS 840; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870,
880; special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits.
MBA Courses:
MGT 755. Management and Marketing Principles. A review of management principles and
marketing principles. Topics include: organizational theory, administrative techniques.
Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 133
marketing strategies, marketing research, buying behavior, selecting target markets, pricing,
distributing and promoting products and services. 3 credits.
ECN 765. Economic Principles. A review of macroeconomic and microeconomic prin-
ciples. Topics include: national income determination; price level; employment; economic
growth; domestic and foreign monetary systems and policies; price, production and distribu-
tion theories; welfare economics; and public policy. 3 credits.
ACT 775. Accounting and Financial Applications. A review of financial and managerial
accounting. Topics include: the four basic financial statements, analytical analysis, cost
control, and budgeting. 3 credits.
MGT 785. Quantitative Methods and Statistics. A review of quantitative methods and
elementary statistics used in modem management science and economics. Topics include:
linear programming and applications, forecasting, inventory models, PERT/CPM, waiting
line models, computer simulation, probability distributions and decision theory. 3 credits.
MGT 795. Financial Management Techniques. A review of financial management tech-
niques. Topics include: financial analysis and forecasting, the time value of money, valuation
theory, capital budgeting and planning, risk assessment, short term financing, long term
financing, and the capital market. Prerequisites: ACT 775 and MGT 785. 3 credits.
ACT 875. Managerial Accounting. Provides students previously exposed to basic financial
and managerial accounting principles with an opportunity to study the structure and use
accounting systems designed to aid management in controlling costs and profits. Stresses
financial statement analysis, sources and uses of funds analysis, tax implications on
managerial decisions, responsibility accounting and the impact of inflation. 3 credits.
ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding, and actual
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits.
ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and
increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits.
(Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.)
HIS 840. American Business and Labor History. An analysis of the history of American
business and labor. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant
research component. 3 credits.
LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information,
and experience to case studies. 3 credits.
1 34 Master of Business Administration 1 998-99 Catalog
MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis, Surveys mathematical foundations of management
science. Topics include linear programming, transportation and assignment problems,
decision and network analysis, stochastic processes, queuing and simulation. Introduction
appropriate computer software. 3 credits.
MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long term
financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and marketplace.
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of The
Wall Street Journal. 3 credits.
MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and the
social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of production and
service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations strategy,
product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling and
control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and quantita-
tive techniques of management science/operations research (MS/OR), related MS/OR tools
and applications, the priority/capacity organizational concepts and the strategy underlying
operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits.
MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activities in
organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human resource
management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, training,
equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career planning, compen-
sation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings and classroom
lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation,
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. Case
study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and tech-
niques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultural
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry into
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits.
MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overview
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with the tools used
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues and
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 1 35
MGT880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models of
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Special
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital-
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits.
MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities,
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies.
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits.
PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature of
both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and organiza-
tional social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and organizational life,
and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or PSY 810. 3 credits.
PSY810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in areas
of organizational behavior; including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, decision-
making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits.
MBA Administration and Resident Faculty
Howard L. Applegate, professor of history and American studies.
Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Applegate teaches American business history.
Cheryl L. Batdorf, academic adviser, MBA program.
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College.
Batdorf teaches human resource management.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, associate professor of English.
M.B.A., Drexel University.
Bongiovanni teaches executive communications.
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of hotel management.
M.B.A., Michigan State University.
Boone teaches accounting.
Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration.
J.D., University of Richmond.
Clark teaches human resource management and labor management relations.
1 36 Master of Business Administration 1 998-99 Catalog
Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration.
M.B.A., Ohio State University.
Leonard teaches organizational behavior.
Daniel B. McKinley, director of freshmen programs.
M.A., University of Maryland. M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University.
McKinley teaches executive leadership.
James W. Mentzer Jr.,director of the MB A program, adjunct assistant professor of business
administration.
M.B.A., Chaminade University.
Mentzer teaches executive leadership.
Barney T. Raffleld III, professor of business administration.
Ph. D., Union Graduate School.
Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management.
Lebanon Valley College
Master of Business Administration 1 37
MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION
Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of science
as well as the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their students. All of
the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing science instead of merely
learning about science. The program will culminate with the satisfactory completion of a
comprehensive examination and the production of a thesis in science education.
MSE Admissions
To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program the applicant must
fulfill the following requirements:
• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution.
• An applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education. Applicants
holding a secondary science teaching degree and currently teaching in a middle school will
be considered for entrance after meeting with the graduate committee of the department.
• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four-point scale
for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3.0 QPA may be admitted with
provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six semester hours of graduate study
with a 3.0 or above.
• A maximum of nine semester hours of acceptable graduate credits completed at other
institutions may be transferred and applied toward the Master of Science Education
degree with approval of the advisor. Transfer credits must meet a grade of 3.0 or above.
• An applicant must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergraduate
institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from graduate
courses must also be requested by the applicant.
• An applicant will be interviewed by no less than three members of the Science Education
Masters Committee.
Comprehensive Examinations
After completing 2 1 hours of coursework, with a GPA of at least 3 .0, the student must pass
a written examination prepared and evaluated by his/her graduate committee. The purpose
of the examination is to evaluate the student's competence in applying the course content and
methodology to actual as well as theoretical classroom situations. The examination will take
approximately six hours to complete and will consist of four questions related to courses
completed and professional teaching dilemmas as they relate to science.
Degree Requirements
A candidate for the MSE must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 21 must be
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are six required core courses, (18 credits), any
electives of the student's choice (6 credits), and a research thesis (6 credits) for a total of 30
credits. A candidate must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for
graduation.
138 Master of Science Education 1998-99 Catalog
Degree: Master of Science Education
Graduate Core; MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 81 1, 812, 830 (24 credits) and two of the following:
MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits.
MSE Courses:
MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/Middle School Classroom. This course
serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction as it relates
to hands-on, minds-on science process skills in the elementary and middle school classrooms.
Setting the tone for the entire program, it makes clear to participants the basic format which
will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits.
MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course
addresses life science topics prevalent in virtually all science curricula as well as those set
forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will engage the use of scientific
method to address topics typically taught in life science courses. 3 credits.
MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary /Middle School Teachers. This
course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common substances.
Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as discoveries made
through serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 credits.
MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary/Middle School Teachers.
Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experience with
inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, electricity, and
magnetism. 3 credits.
MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers.
The interaction and effects of geology, meteorology, and space exploration will be explored
in this course. 3 credits.
MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology for Elementary/Middle School Teachers.
Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and ecology will be
used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. Current topics in
ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, will be addressed.
This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms outside the classroom.
Appropriate methods for elementary /middle school students will be utilized and practiced.
3 credits.
MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementary /Middle School Teachers. This course will introduce
the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and continuing
through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use of the scanning
electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques and slide making. 3
credits.
Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 1 39
MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards. Using the Standards in
curriculum development, the classroom and other aspects of the public and private school
systems will be the focus of this course. Alternative and authentic assessment, professional
standards and current developments in science education will be taught with the elementary/
middle school teacher and student in mind. 3 credits.
MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, especially
applicable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus will be on
developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 credits.
MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from
ancient through modern history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the
elementary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits.
MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modern concepts and recent advances in
science will be studied through books, news magazines, and newspapers. 3 credits.
MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality science
education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve problems, and can
function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among other areas of study,
as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science and technology so they
benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology will be discussed. 3 credits.
MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics in
elementary/middle school education as they arise. A seminar course will permit special
topics to be included in the course of study. In addition, certain transfer courses may be valid
for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 credits.
MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science in the
elementary /middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the student's
advisor. The topic of research should be well documented in professional journals and
studies. 6 credits.
MSE Administration and Resident Faculty
Mark Ness, director of the MSE program, assistant professor of earth science.
D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University.
Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Vermont.
1 40 Master of Science Education 1 998-99 Catalog
DIRECTORY
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE
Ojficers
Ross W. Fasick '55 Chairperson
Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson
Katherine J. Bishop Vice-Chairperson
Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary
Andrea F. Bromberg Assistant Secretary
Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer
Donald M. Cooper Assistant Treasurer
Allan W. Mund Chairperson Emeritus
F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37 Chairperson Emeritus
Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44 Chairperson Emerita
Trustees
Howard L. Applegate, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor and Chairperson, History and Ameri-
can Studies, Lebanon Valley College (1999).
Kristen R. Angstadt '74, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Psychologist/Supervisor of Clinic Services,
Capital Area Intermediate Unit (2001).
Edward H. Arnold, jB.A., L.H.D.; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Arnold Industries,
Inc. (1999).
Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon Seaboard Corporation (2000).
Donald M. Cooper, Chairman, Lancaster Health Alliance and Chairman and Chief Execu-
tive Officer of Hessian Company Limited (2000).
Wesley T. Dellinger, CRS, GRI, CSP, '15, B.S.; Realtor, The Prudential Gacono Real Estate
(2000).
Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. DuPont de
Nemours & Co. (2001).
Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S.; Owner/President, CIB, Inc. (2001).
Darwin G. Click '58, B.S.; Retired President, Click, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. (1999).
Lebanon Valley College Directory 141
MartinL. Gluntz '53;B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, Hershey
International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. (1999).
Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive (2000).
A.L. Hanford III, B.A.; Owner/Operator, Ladd Hanford Motors, Inc.; President, Photo-
graphic Rotary Screen Co. (2000).
Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Ojficer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc.
(1999).
Jody L. Jacobetz '99, Student, Lebanon Valley College (1999).
F. Obai Kabia '13, M. P. A., B. S. ; Political Affairs Officer (2001 ). \
\
Alfred S. Maloney, B.S., M.A., M. Div.; Clergy/District Superintendent, Harry Hosier
District (2001).
James A. Mitchell, Jr. '5%,B.S., M.B.A. ; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I. DuPont
de Nemours & Co. (2001).
Owen A. Moe, Jr., B.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Chemistry, Lebanon Valley College (2001).
Brian R. Mund, B.S., M.B.A.; President, Surphratt Investments (1999).
G. David Pollick, B.A., M.A., Ph.L., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College.
George M. Reider Jr. '63, B.S.; Insurance Commissioner, State of Connecticut, Department
of Insurance (2001).
Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S., L.H.D.; Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (1999).
Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines
(2001).
Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S., President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (2001).
Gail A. Sanderson, B.A., M.B.A. ; Associate Professor of Accounting, Lebanon Valley
College (2000).
ConradM. Siegel, F.S.A., B. Com., M.S.; Consulting Actuary, ConradM. Siegel, Inc. (2001).
Morton Spector; Chairman of the Board and Treasurer, D & H Distributing Company
(2001).
142 Directory 1998-99 Catalog
John A. Synodinos, B.S., M.S. Ed., L.H.D.; President Emeritus, Lebanon Valley College
(2001).
John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; Retired President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common
Pleas (2001).
Albertine P. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Elementary Teacher, Lebanon School District (2001 ).
J. Dennis Williams,5.A., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired Pastor, St. John 's United Methodist
Church (2000).
Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (1999).
Harry B. Yost '62, Esq., B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Partner, Appel & Yost (2000).
Emeriti
William D. Boswell, Esq., LL.B., Ph.B.; Attorney, Boswell, Snyder, Tintner & Piccola.
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer.
Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, Inc.;
Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, Fish and
Scheckter.
Arthur L. Goldberg, Esq., B.A., J.D.; Attorney, Goldberg, Katzman and Shipman, P.C.
Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.fi., B.D., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church.
GeraldD. Kauffman '44,A.5., B.D., D.D., Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church; Officer
of the Courts, County of Cumberland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church,
Carlisle.
Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Ellicott Machine Corpora-
tion.
Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., B.D., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church.
Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc.
Melvin S. Rife; Retired Executive, St. Regis Paper Company.
P. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LL.D.; Retired Principal, Arthur Young and Company.
Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.5., S.T.M., B.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church.
Lebanon Valley College Directory 143
Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.ScL; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute.
Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.ScL; Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, Inc.
E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor.
Charles W. Wolfe '44, B.A., M.Div.; Retired; Vice President Emeritus, Bucknell University.
Honorary
Bishop Neil L. Irons, B.A., M.A., M. Div., Ph.D., D.D., Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg
Area of The United Methodist Church.
Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Denver and
Ephrata Telephone and Telegraph Company.
Bishop Peter D. Weaver, M. Div., Th.D., B.A., Resident Bishop of the Philadelphia Area of
The United Methodist Church.
144 Directory
1998-99 Catalog
ADMINISTRATION
President
G. David Pollick, 1996-. Professor of Humanities, 1996-. B.A., University of San Diego,
1971; M.A., University of Ottawa, 1973; Ph.L, St. Paul's University, 1973; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Ottawa, 1981.
Andrea Folk Bromberg, 7992-; Executive Assistant to the President, 1993-; B.A., American
University, 1973; M.B.A., University of Montana, 1978.
General College Officers
Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles & Science, 1988.
RobertE. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice Presidentfor Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah College,
1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University,
1972.
Stephen C. MacDonald,799S-; Vice Presidentfor Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty,
1998-. B.A., Tufts University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977.
Deborah A.W. Read, 1997-; Vice President for Advancement, 1997-. B.A., University of
Maryland, 1977.
Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Computing andTelecommunications,
1995-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976.
Gregory G. Stanson,7966-; Vice Presidentfor Enrollment and Student Services, 1991-. B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
Academic
Stephen C. MacDonald, Vice President for Academic Ajfairs and Dean of the Faculty.
Cheryl L.Batdorf,7993-; Academic Adviserto the MBA Program, 1993-. B.S., Shippensburg
University, 1983; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992.
Karen Diener Best, 7990-; Registrar, 1990-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1989.
KathrynE. Clark, 799S-; Study Abroad Advisor, 1998-. BA., Lebanon Valley College, 1998.
DaleJ. Erskine,79S3-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of Maine
at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University
of Oklahoma, 1981.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 145
ElaineD. Feather, 1989-; Director of Continuing Education, 1989-.B.S., State University of
New York College at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University of New York College at
Brockport, 1973.
Arthur L. Ford, 1965-; Dean of International Programs, 1996-. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964.
Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-, B.A., University of
Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern Con-
necticut State University, 1984.
Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown University,
1990.
Virginia K. Hand, 1998-; Director of the Lancaster Center, 1998-. B.S., St. Thomas Aquinas
College, 1988; M.S., Long Island University, 1991.
Shirley WockXey , 1996- ; Assistant Director of Continuing Education, 1998-. B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1980; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1994.
John D. Hoke, 1994-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1994-. B.A. Mount St. Mary's College,
1971; M.A., 1975.
Marcus Home, 7992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste Materials
Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992.
<
Patricia K. Laudermilch, 1 987-; Assistant Registrar, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College,
1996.
Leo Mazow, 1996-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery, 1996-. B.A., University of
Denver, 1986; M.A., University of Colorado, 1989; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, 1996.
James W. Mentzer Jr., 7994-; Director of the MBA Program, 1994-. B.B.A., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1983; M.B.A., Chaminade University, 1988.
Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Readers' Service Librarian, 1986-. B.S., Millersville University,
1984; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986.
Mark Ness, 1998-; Director of the Master of Science Education Program, 1998-. B.S.Ed.,
Millersville University, 1970; M.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1974; D.Ed., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1988.
P. Robert Paustian, 1991-; Librarian, 1991-. B.A., University of Missouri, 1971; M.A.,
University of Kansas, 1975; M.A., University of Missouri, 1979.
146 Administration 1998-99 Catalog
Ron Scott, 1998- ; Director, Physical Therapy Program, 1998-. B.S., University of Pitts-
burgh, 1977; J.D., University of San Diego, 1983; M.S. (Business Administration), Boston
University, 1986; L.L.M., Judge Advoate General's School, 1988; M.S. (Physical Therapy),
Samuel Merritt College, 1996.
SusanSzydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995-. B.A. Colby College,
1969.
D. Darrell Woomer, 1992-; Chaplain, 1992-. Interim Director of the Honors Program,
1996-. B.A., Juniata College, 1964; M.Div., Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1969; Th.M.,
1972; M.A., Duquesne University, 1986; Ph.D., 1996.
Enrollment and Student Services
Gregory G. Stanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services.
Lisa Beard, 1992-; Hall Director. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1993.
Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-; Hall Director,
1992-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992.
Susan Borelli-Wentzel, 1990-; Assistant Director of Admission, 1992-. B.A., Albright
College, 1989.
Mark A. Brezitski, 1986-; Assistant Director of Admission, 1995 -. B.A., Shippensburg
University, 1985.
William J. Brown, Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1979; M.B.A., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science, 1988.
Julie A. Dyck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; B.A., Fresno Pacific College, 1985;
M.A., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993.
DavidC. Evans, 79S7-; Director of Career Planning and Placement, 1989-. B. A., Slippery
Rock University, 1969; M.Ed., Rutgers University, 1970.
Jennifer Dawson Evans, 199 1-; Director of Student Activities and the College Center,
1995: B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991.
Vicki Gmgnch,1994-; Adviser to International Students, 1994-. B.S., Mansfield University,
1975.
Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Associate Director of Admission, 1991-. B.S. in Ed., Millersville
University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 147
David W. Heeter, 1996-; College Physician, 1996-. D.O., Philadelphia College of Osteo-
pathic Medicine, 1991.
JohnT.Hower,/9SS-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; M.A.,
Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977.
Linda Hower, 1993-; Therapist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; M.S.W., Temple
University, 1992.
Pauline Kreider, 1995-; Staff Nurse, 1995-. R.N. Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1960.
Brian Lemma, 1998-; Loan Coordinator, 1998-. B.A., Elizabethtown College, 1991.
Gary A. Luken, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., University of Cincinnati, 1977.
Daniel B. McKinley, 1988-; Director of Freshmen Programs; Coordinator of Lebanon
Valley Educational Partnership, 1995-. B.S., United States Coast Guard Academy, 1968;
M.A.L.S., Wesleyan University, 1973; M.A., University of Maryland, 1982.
David W. Newell, 1992-; Assistant Dean of Student Services, 1992-. B.A. Heidelberg
College, 1987; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989.
Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975.
Mindy Fames, 1995-; College Physician, 1995-. M.D., State University of New York, 1989.
Heather L. Richardson, 7997 -,- Assistant Director of Admission, 1998-. B.S., University of
Delaware, 1989.
Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Director of Financial Aid, 1995-. B.A., Allegheny College,
1994.
Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Student Employment Coordinator, 1998-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1992.
Kimberly A. Saunders, 1996-; Multi-Cultural Adviser/Assistant Director of Student Activi-
ties, 1996-. B.S., University of Delaware, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1996.
Robert Simmons, 7996-; Hall Director, 1996-. B.A., Wilkes University, 1993.
Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989; M.S.W.,
Temple University, 1994.
Mary Jane Thomas, 1996- ; Staff Nurse, 1996-. R.N., Harrisburg Hospital School of
Nursing, 1952.
148 Administration 1998-99 Catalog
Cornell L. Wilson, 7997-; Hall Director, 1997. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996.
Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-.
R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963.
Rosemary Yuhas, 1973-; Dean of Student Services, 1991 -. B.S., Lock Haven University,
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970.
Advancement
Deborah A.W. Read, Vice President for Advancement.
Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1997-. B.S., Bucknell University,
1992.
Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Director of Publications, 1998-. B.A., Getttysburg College, 1971.
C. Paul Brubaker Jr., 1989-; Director of Planned Giving. B.S., Franklin and Marshall
College, 1952; M.B.A., Wharton Graduate School, University of Pennsylvania, 1955.
Thomas M. Hanrahan, 1997-; Sports Information Director, 1997-. B.A., East Stroudsburg
University, 1990; M.E., 1992.
Mary Beth Hower, 1 990- ; Director of Media Relations, 1993-. B.A., Messiah College, 1990.
Pamela V. Lambert, \9^1 -'Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 1997-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1996.
Carolyn A. Lauver, 1992-; Director of Development, 1997-. B.Mus., College Misericordia,
1963.
Ann Hess Myers, 1998-; Director of Annual Giving, 1998-. B.A., Kenyon College, 1979.
Judy Pehrson, 7989-,- Executive Director of College Relations, 1994-. B.A., University of
Michigan, 1968; M.A., 1972; CertificateforTeachingEnglishas a Second Language, Trinity
College, London, 1993. Fulbright award to teach in China, 1996-97.
Financial Affairs
Deborah R. FuUam, Vice President and Controller.
Dorothy A. Brehm, 1 993-; Accounts Receivable Coordinator, 1996-. B.S., The Pennsylvania
State University, 1976.
Ben D. Oreskovich, 1994-; Assistant Controller, 1994-. A.S., Danville Area Community
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 149
David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University,
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville
University, 1977.
Computing and Telecommunications
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Computing and Telecommunications.
Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Administrative Computing, 1986-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1977.
EricM. FhckingerJ 997-; Network Support Specialist, 1997-. B.S., Towson State University,
1995.
Sheryl A. Lemma, 1996-; Assistant Director of Administrative Computing, 1996-. B.A.,
Elizabethtown College, 1992.
Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971 -; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967.
Michael C.Zeigler, 7 990-; Director ofAcademic Computing and User Services, 1990-. B.S.,
The Pennsylvania State University, 1979; M.Ed., 1995.
Administrative Affairs
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration.
Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Maintenance, 1994-.
Robert E. Hamish, 1967-; Manager of the College Store, 1967-. B.A., Randolph Macon
College, 1966.
Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-.
George F. Lovell Jr., 1988-; Superintendent of Facilities Services, 1988-.
Gary V. Nolan, 1996-; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 1996-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1992; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1994.
Louis A. Sorrentino,7977-; Director of Athletics, 1981 -. B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1954; M.S.,
Bucknell University, 1961.
Kathleen Tierney, 1983-; Associate Director of Athletics, 1988-. B.S., State University of
New York at Brockport, 1979.
150 Administration 1998-99 Catalog
KevinR.Yeiser, 7 9S2-; Director of Grounds, 1982-.
Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Security and Safety, 1990-.
Athletics
Peter Ewald, 1998-, Assistant Football Coach, 1998-: B.A., Syracuse University, 1987.
John Gergle, 1994-; Baseball Coach, 1994-.
Peg A. Kauffman, 7993-; Women' s Basketball Coach, 1993-. B.A., Millersville University,
1987; M.Ed, 1991.
Allan G. MacCormack, 1997-; Ice Hockey Coach, 1997-; Director of Physical Education
Program, 1998-. B.S., St. Lawrence University, 1974; M.S., Ithaca College, 1975.
BradF. McAlester,i994-; Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-; Coordinator of Summer Camps,
1998-. B.A., Southampton College of Long Island University, 1975.
Cliff Myers, 1994-; Head Tennis Coach, 1994-.
Wayne Perry, 1987-; Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1978.
Mark Pulisic, 7992-; Head Soccer Coach, 1993-.
O. Kent Reed, 1971 -; Men 's Track and Field Coach, Men 's and Women 's Cross-Country
Coach, 1971-. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970.
Michael J. Silecchia, 1998-; Football Coach, 1998-. B.A., Mansfield University, 1978;
M.S.E., 1984.
R^Qhtxi^mvocions, 1996- ; Assistant Basketball Coach, 1996-; B.A., Wilkes University, 1993.
Louis A. Sorrentino, Director of Athletics, 1971 -; Golf Coach, 1989- .
James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; M.Ed.,
Shippensburg University, 1986.
Kathleen M. Tiemey, 1983-; Associate Director of Athletics, 1988- ; Field Hockey Coach,
1983-.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 151
FACULTY
Active
J. Brian Adams, 1998-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1983; M.M.E., University of Delaware, 1993; Ph.D., 1997.
Howard L. Applegate,79Si-; Professor of History and American Studies. Chairperson of the
Department of History and American Studies. B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse
University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966.
Sharon O. Arnold, 1 986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964;
M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple University, 1994.
Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg Univer-
sity, 1972; M.Ed., (Elementary Education) 1973; M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed.,
Temple University, 1987.
Eric Bain-Selbo, 7997-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of
Tennessee, 1987; M.A., Miami University, 1988; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1997.
Philip A. Bilhngs, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A.,
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Temple University,
1977; M.B.A.,Drexel University, 1982;M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1996. (Onleave,
1998-99)
Donald C. Boone, 1988-; Associate Professor of Hotel Management. B.A., Michigan State
University, 1964; M.B.A., 1966.
Leslie E. Bowen, 1993-; Lecturer in Art. B.S.A., Moore College of Art, 1972; M.F.A.,
Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Art, 1993.
J. Patrick Brewer, 1997 -; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northern
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997.
James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A.,
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
D. Eugene Brown, 1983-; Professor of Political Science. B.S., Western Illinois University,
1969; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1973; Ph.D., 1982.
Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971-; Professor of Religion and History. Director of the American
Studies Program. B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1972.
152 Faculty 1998-99 Catalog
Sharon F. Clark,7956-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of Richmond,
1969; J.D., 1971.
Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor of Chem-
istry. Chairperson of the Department of Chemistry. B.A., Carleton College, 1969; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa, 1974.
Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-; Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department of
Psychology. B.A., Kean College, 1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981.
Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-; Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Washington, 1967;
M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of Physics.
B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 1975, Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philoso-
phy). M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of Nebraska (Physics).
JohannesM. Dietrich,1995-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., MontanaState University,
1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; D.M.A., 1996.
DeannaL. Dodson, 1 994-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Tennessee Technologi-
cal University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992.
Phylis C. Dryden, 1 987-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1976;
M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1985; D.A., 1988.
Scott H. Eggert, 1983-; Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee),
1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. (On leave.
Spring 1999)
Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B.A.,
University of Maine at Portland, 1974; M. A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976;
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981.
Patricia Fay, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Department of Art. B.A.,
The College of William and Mary, 1980; M.F.A., University of Massachusetts, 1987.
Michael D. Fry, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart
College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980.
Cheryl George, 1998-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian University,
1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 153
Michael A. Grella, 1980-; Professor of Education. Chairperson of the Department of
Education. B.A., St. Mary 's Seminary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University,
1970; Ed.D., 1974.
Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990- ; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of
English. B.A., Bates College, 1977; M.A., State University of New Yorkat Binghamton, 1980;
Ph.D., Boston University, 1988.
Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the Department of
Sociology and Social Work. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., University of
New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976.
Bim Harrison, 1998-; Instructor of English. B.A., Cedar Crest College, 1978; M.F.A.,
Bowling Green State University, 1980.
Stacy A. Hazen, 1996-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 1991;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996.
Bryan V. Hearsay, 1971 -; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington State College, 1964; M.A.,
Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. (On leave. Spring 1999)
Robert H. Hearson, 1986-; Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; M.A.,
1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983.
JohnH. Heffner, 1972-; Professor of Philosophy. Chairperson ofthe Department of Religion
and Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University,
1971; Ph.D., 1976.
Paul A. Heise, 1991-; Associate Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University,
1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social
Research, 1991. (On leave, Spring 1999)
Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Associate Professor of Economics. Chairperson ofthe Department of
Political Science and Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 1954; M.B.A., Lehigh Univer-
sity, 1982; Ph.D., 1990.
Barry R. Hill, 1993- ; Assistant Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996.
J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995.
154 Faculty 1998-99 Catalog
Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware, 1982.
Diane M. Iglesias, 1976-; Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department of Foreign
Languages. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., City University of New York,
1979.
John P. Kearney, 1971-; Professor of English. B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1962; M.A.,
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
Donald E. Kline, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1966; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D.,
Lehigh University, 1990.
Walter Labonte, 1992-; Adjunct Lecturer in English. B.S., Northeastern University, 1968;
M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984.
Kerrie D. Laguna, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997.
Mary L. Lemons, 1 996-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1996.
Robert W. Leonard, 1988- ; Associate Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of
the Department of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis
School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1986.
Louis Manza, 1995-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., State University of New York
at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn College, 1991; M. Phil., City University of New York,
1991; Ph.D., 1992.
Leon E. Markowicz, 1971 -; Professor of Business Administration. A.B., Duquesne Univer-
sity, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; M.A., Antioch University,
1998.
G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A.,
University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982.
Rebecca McCoy ,1998-; Assistant Professor of History. A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1975;
M.A., University of North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992.
Mark L. Mecham, 1990- ; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of Music.
Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978;
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1985.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 155
Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973-; Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 1971.
Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, 1997-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.Mus., University of
Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; M.M., 1986; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1990.
Philip G. Morgan, 1969-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State University
(Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965.
John D. Norton, 1971-; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965;
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; Ph.D., American University, 1973.
Mary K. Pettice, 1994- ; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University,
1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M. A. 1986; Ph.D., University of Houston, 1994.
Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D.,
Un ive rs ity of Pennsylvan ia, 19 70.
Kevin B. Pry, 1991-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1976; M.A., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984.
Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., Southern
Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982.
Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Wheaton College,
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967.
O. Kent Reed, 1971-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Otterbein College,
1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970.
Marta Roller, 1998- ; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of North Carolina-
Wilmington, 1992; M.A., University of Kentucky, 1994; Ph.D., 1997.
Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977.
James W. Scott, 1976- ; Professor of German. Director of General Education. B.A., Juniata
College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971.
Jeff Snyder, 1997 -; Instructor of Music and Assistant Director of Music Recording
Technology. A.A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B.A., University of West Florida, 1984.
Steven M. Specht, 1989-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., State University of New
York at Oswego, 1982; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1987; Ph.D.,
1988.
156 Faculty 1998-99 Catalog
Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-; Professor of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; M.A., New York
University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979.
Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1975.
Dale E. Summers, 1990- ; Associate Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and
Secondary School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978.
Linda L. Summers, 1991 -; Instructor of Education. B.S., Ball State University, 1972; M.A.,
1977.
Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.M.,
University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977.
Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Nazarene
College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983.
Angel T. Tuninetti, l996-;Assistant Professor of Spanish. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de
Cordoba, 1986; M.A., Washington University, 1991.
Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; M.A.,
Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975.
Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, 1987-; Associate Professor of Accounting, 1988. B.A., Lehigh
University, 1979; M.B.A., 1985; J.D., Widener University, 1996.
C3iT\T.Wigal,1993-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. A.S., College of Mount Saint Joseph,
1984; B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1986; Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio, 1990.
Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S.,
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971.
Paul L. Wolf, 7966-; Professor of Biology. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S.,
University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.
Allan F. Wolfe, 1968-; Professor of Biology, Chairperson of the Department of Biology.
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake University, 1965; Ph.D., University of
Vermont, 1968.
Kenneth Yamall, l996-'Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South Carolina
College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 157
Emeriti
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., Northern
Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972.
Richard C. Bell, 1966-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1941; M.Ed., Temple University, 1955.
lamesO.Bemesderfer, 1959-1976; ChaplainEmeritus. A.B., LebanonValley College, 1936;
M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Philadelphia, 1945; S.T.D., Temple University. 1951.
Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S. Simmons
College, 1946.
Voorhis C. CantreW, 1968- 1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., Oklahoma
City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., Boston University,
1967.
D. Clark Carmean, 1933-1972; Director Emeritus of Admissions. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan
University, 1926; M.A., Columbia University, 1932.
Richard F. Charles, 7 9SS- 7997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A. B., Franklin &
Marshall College, 1953.
Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965.
George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1971.
Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951.
Alice S. Diehl, 1966-1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita. A.B., Smith College,
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966.
Carl Y. Ehrhart, 1947-1983; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Dean of the College
Emeritus. A. B., Lebanon Valley College, 1940; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1943;
Ph.D., Yale University, 1954.
William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B., cum laude,
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949.
158 Faculty 1998-99 Catalog
Elizabeth M. Geffen, 1958-1983; Professor Emerita of History. B.S., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1958.
Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1951 ; M.S. M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M. D., Eastman
School of Music, 1967.
Klement M. Hambomg, 1982- 1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A. T. CM., Royal Conser-
vatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal College
of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; D.M.A.,
University of Oregon, 1977.
June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1943, L.H.D., 1997; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University,
1954.
Richard A. Joyce, 1966-1998; Professor Emeritus of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952;
M.A., San Francisco State College, 1963.
Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School;
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952.
David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University,
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941;
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953.
George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple University,
1967.
Joerg W. P. Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. Math.,
University ofGiessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954.
William J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty Emeritus.
A.B., Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954.
H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 159
Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata College,
1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; Ph.D.,
1976.
J. Robert O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1950; M.S., University of Delaware, 1953.
Gerald J. Petrofes, 1963-1988; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S.,
Kent State University, 1958; M.Ed., 1962.
Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958.
MalinPh. Saylor, 1961-1980; Professor Emerita of French, 1985. FilKand., Universities of
Upsala and Stockholm, 1938.
Ralph S. Shay, 1948-1951; 1953-1984; Professor Emeritus of History and Assistant Dean
of the College Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1942; A.M., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1947; Ph.D., 1962.
Robert W. Smith, 1951-1983; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
John A. Synodinos, 1988-1996; President Emeritus. B.S., Loyola College, 1959; M.S.Ed.,
Temple University, 1977; L.H.D., Lebanon Valley College, 1996.
Warren K. A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity
University, 1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963.
C. F. Joseph Tom, 1954-1989; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., Hastings College,
1944; M. A., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1963.
Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College,
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964.
L. Elbert Wethington, 7 963-7 9SJ,- Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 1944;
B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University.
Glenn H. ^ ood?yJ965- 1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962.
Adjunct
Mark E. Achtermann, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Beloit
College, 1985; M.A., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1990.
160 Faculty 1998-99 Catalog
Robert W. Biddle Jr., 1 989-; Adjunct Instructor in Hotel Management. B.S., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1977; M.S., 1988.
Melissa Hoffman Bittinger, 1994-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1988; M.A., Miller sville University, 1994.
Kathleen K. B\o\xg\\,1998-; Adjunct Instructor of Science Education. B.A., Messiah College,
1983; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1987.
James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola Univer-
sity, 1968; M.A., 1971.
Robert J. Bookmiller, 1995-: Adjunct Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A. Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, 1985; M. A., University of Virginia, 1989; Ph.D., 1992.
Theresa YohnBowley, 1 993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 1981;
M.A., Middlebury College, 1982.
Teresa M. Bowers, 1978-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Susquehanna
University, 1973; M.S., Ohio State University, 1974.
Marthalee T. BTod,1992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College, 1967;
M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985.
Gregory L. Davis, 1991 -; Graduate Adjunct Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.A.,
Gettysburg College, 1981; M.B.A., York College of Pennsylvania, 1988.
Timothy M. Devvald, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Dickinson
College, 1970; M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School, 1975.
Joseph DiSanto, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph's University, 1967;
Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg School of
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970.
James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music.
Timothy M. Erdman, 1988-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S., Temple University, 1970.
Stephanie A. Falk, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Villanova
University, 1987; M.A., University of Richmond, 1989; Ph.D., Loyola University of
Chicago, 1995.
William R. Fisher, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.S., Millersville University,
1954; M.Ed., Temple University, 1964.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 161
Catherine M. Fitzgibbons, 1996-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A.,
Williams College, 1986; J.D., Northwestern University School of Law, 1991.
Judith A. Forster, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Millersville University, 1987;
M.A., Millersville University, 1988.
RiiaGsirgotta, 1 994-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College, 1972;
M.A., 1976; Diploma, University of Saville.
Robert D. Gingrich, 1985-; Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. M.S., Moravian College,
1968.
Arlen J. Greiner, 1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professsor of Physics. B.S., Carnegie Mellon
University, 1961; M.S., Franklin and Marshall College, 1972.
DonaldC. Hoepfer, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy . B.A., Lebanon Valley College,
1989; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1990.
Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991 -; Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1987.
Rick Knepp, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor of Science Education, B.S., Lock Haven University,
1979; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986.
Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-; Lecturer Professor of Music. B.M., Oberlin College, 1951;
M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953.
LeonieLang-HamhourgJ 992-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of German. Diplom,Munchener
Dolmetscherschule; M.A., University of Oregon, 1976.
David W. LsLymanJ 993-; Adjunct Instructor in Religion. A. B., University of Chicago, 1977;
Ph.D., Temple University, 1994.
MarkN. Msizare\\a.,1998-; Adjunct Professor of Military Science. B.A., Wilmington College,
1981; M.S., United States Army Command and General Staff College, 1994. Lieutenant
Colonel, United States Army.
James W. McArdle, 1 995-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., University ofScranton,
1992; M.A., West Chester University, 1995.
James Miller, 1989- ; Adjunct Instructor in Music.
William Robert Miller Jr., 1995-; Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College,
1956; M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
162 Faculty 1998-99 Catalog
Joseph D. Mixon,1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; MM.,
Combs College of Music, 1990.
John F. Nau Jr., 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., United
States Military Academy, 1962; M.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1971.
Robert A. Nowak, 1988- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975.
PhiHp J. 0\q?,,1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Connecti-
cut, 1968; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1974.
GlenFeTry,1998-; Adjunct Instructor of Science Education. B.S., Shippensburg University,
1970; M.A., 1974.
Joseph E. Peters, 1974- ; Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., The Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1973.
Jeff Remington, 1998- ; Adjunct Instructor of Science Education. B.A., Indiana University
of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1992.
Victoria Rose, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory
of the Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994.
Kirk W. Seibert, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., The Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1969; M.S., Cornell University, 1973; D.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania, 1982.
Robert Siemers, 1995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Southern Illinois
University, 1979; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1981;D.M.A., Indiana University, 1997.
Donald P. Snyder, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in History and American Studies. M.A., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1993.
Anna F. Tilberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor of Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania,
1969.
BaibarsiTTemitieTe,1994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Miami University
of Ohio, 1961;M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh, 1963; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1992.
Hui-Liang (Jeff) Tsai, 1988- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Administration. M.S.
(Statistics), Florida State University, 1971; M.S.(Economics), 1974; Ph.D., 1976.
Richard J. Tushup, I989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent
Seminary; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 163
Adjuncts in Medical Technology
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Director, Martin Krummerman, M.D.; Program
Director, Perla Simmons, M.P.A., M.T.(ASCP),S.H.
Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D. ; Program Director,
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., M.T.(ASCP)
164 Faculty
1998-99 Catalog
COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF
Deborah L. Atkins Development Office
Susan R. Aungst Library
Phyllis C. Basehore President of the College Office
Crista A. Bemat Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery
Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office
Donna L. Brickley Computing and Telecommunications Office
Jo Lynn Brummer Annual Giving Office
Judy E. Burger Humanities Departments and General Education
Vicki J. Cantrell Financial Aid Office
Monika Edwards Continuing Education Office
Julie R. Forester Business Office
Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office
Todd M. Gamble Computing and Telecommunications Office
Cheryl A. George Media Center
Susan M. Greenawalt Continuing Education Office
Ernestine R. Hanney Continuing Education Office
Nancy J. Hartman Business Office
Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office
Constance W. Kershner Development Office
Charlene R. Kreider Advancement Office
G. Roz Kujovsky Chaplain's Office
Deborah L. Lerchen Administration Office
Karen R. McLucas Admission Office
Tami S. Morgan Admission Office
Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller Offices
Cindy A. Plasterer Student Services Office
Cindy L. Progin College Relations Office
Christine M. Reeves Development Office
Shirley C. Ritter Print Shop and Mail Services
Sally A. Rivera Biology and Psychology Departments
Ann Safstrom Music Department
Denise D. Sanders Business Administration and Humanities
Patricia A. Schools Career Planning and Placement Office and Student Activities
Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant
Gloria J. Shutter Library
Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office
Denise N. Smith English, International Programs, Political Science, Economics, Sociology
Ingeborg M. Snoke Development Office
Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager
Andrea Stone Mathematical Science Department
Pamela J. Stoudt Library
Linda L. Summers Registrar's Office
Bonnie C. Tenney Buildings and Grounds Office
Nancy J. Waite Education Department
Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments
Beverly Yingst Arnold Sports Center
Susan B. Zearing Admission Office
Lebanon Valley College Support Staff 165
THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS
The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty, is
selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni, students,
faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was presented
through the 1993 academic year.
Previous Awardees
1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English
1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and
Leadership Studies
1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences
1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music
1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music
1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish
1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Wirth, M.B.A.,
Assistant Professor of Accounting
1995 David L Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
1996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German
1997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies
1998 Mark L. Mecham, D.M.A., Professor of Music ,
THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING
In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members of
the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee was
Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the college
named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four years of
inspired teaching in music.
Previous Awardees
1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music
1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French
1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry
1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English
1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music
1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences
1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German
1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry
1997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology
1998 Arlen J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics
166 Awards 1998-99 Catalog
ACCREDITATION
Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools.
Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education,
the National Association of Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society.
Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University of
New York and of the American Association of University Women.
Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Colleges;
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania Foundation
for Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College Scholarship
Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; Middle
Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central
Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national and
ethnic origin, sex, age, religion, sexual preference, or disability.
STUDENT RETENTION
Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office
of the Registrar.
Production of this catalog is under the direction of the Registrar's Office.
Information included is correct as of the date of publication. Unexpected changes
may occur during the course of the academic year; therefore, the listing of a course
or program in this catalog does not constitute a guarantee or contract that the
particular course or program will be offered during a given year.
* All information is correct as of August 1, 1998.
Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 167
CAMPUS MAP
10.
11.
12.
13.
ACADEMIC & ADMINISTRATIVE QUADRANGLE
Humanities Center and Administrative Offices: Academic
Departments: English Department, Foreign Languages Depart-
ment, History & American Studies Department, Political Science
& Economics Department. Religion & Philosophy Department,
Sociology & Social Work Department. Administrative Offices:
Business Office, Vice President & Controller, Continuing Educa-
tion, Copy Center, Mail Room, MBA Office, Media Services,
President, Registrar, Secretary of the College, Security & Safety,
Telephone Services, Senior Vice President & Dean of the Faculty,
Vice President for Administration
Blair Music Center: Music Department, Education Department,
Lutz Recital Hall, Music Recording Technology Studios
Miller Chapel: Chaplains' Office, Chapel, Classrooms
Lynch Memorial Hall: Intercollegiate Athletics, Emmett C. Roop
Management Department Wing, William H. Lodge Mathematical
Sciences Center, Computer Services Department, Lynch Gym
Maintenance Shops
Garber Sciences Center: Biology Department, Chemistry De-
partment, Physics Department, Psychology Department
Vernon and Doris Bishop Library
Carnegie Building: Admission and Financial Aid
Laughlin Hall Advancement Offices: Alumni Programs, Annual
Giving, College Relations, Development, Planned Giving
Wagner House: Student Services Offices
Friendship House: Residence Hall
Pencil Building: Art Department
Derickson Hall A and B: Student Apartments
20. Silver Residence Hall
21. North College Residence Hall
22. Shroyer Health Center
23. Sheridan Avenue Residence Hall
24. Centre Residence Hall
ARNOLD SPORTS & RECREATION COMPLEX
25. Edward H. Arnold Sports Center: Indoor Track, Pool,
Recreational Facilities, Physical Education
26. Henry & Gladys Arnold Field
27. Soccer Field
28. Baseball Field
29. Hockey Field
30. Tennis Courts
31. Softball Field
OTHER FACILITIES
32. Kreiderheim: Guest and Conference Facility
33. Benjamin Cantor Entrance
34. South Campus Entrance
35. Bollinger Plaza
36. Heating Plant
37. Annville United Methodist Church
38. The Suzanne H. Arnold Gallery: Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery,
Zimmerman Recital Hall
39. Maintenance Offices
40. Frank Aftosmes House: Middle Atlantic Conference
50. Henry and Gladys Arnold Field
RESIDENTIAL QUADRANGLE
14. Allan W. Mund College Center: Conference Services, Dining 51.
Halls, Leedy Theater, Student Activities Offices, Career Planning 52.
& Placement, College Store, WLVC 53.
15. Mary Capp Green Residence Hall 54.
16. Vickroy Residence Hall 55.
17. Keister Residence Hall 56.
18. Hammond Residence Hall 57.
19. Funkhouser Residence Hall 58.
PARKING LOTS (41 - 49) • AREA STREETS
Heisey Road
To U.S. 22, 1-81 and 1-78
Sheridan Avenue
To Palmyra and Hershey
North White Oak Street/PA 934
To Lebanon and Reading
Main Street/U.S. 422
College Avenue
168 Map
1998-99 Catalog
INDEX
Academic dishonesty policy
undergraduate 15
graduate 131
Academic procedures
undergraduate 7
graduate 130
Accounting program
courses 35
department 35
faculty 42
Accreditation 167
Actuarial science program
courses 79
department 78
faculty 83
Admissions
undergraduate full-time 4
undergraduate part-time 5
continuing education 5
graduate 130
Administration 145
Advanced placement 13
Allied health science
cooperative program 23
American studies program
courses 71
department 71
faculty 76
Art program
courses 26
department 26
faculty 27
Associate degrees 7
Attendance policy 1 1
Auditing policy 10
Baccalaureate degrees 7
Biochemistry program
courses 32
requirements 32
Biology program
courses 29
department 29
faculty 33
Business program
courses 37
department 35
faculty 42
Calendar 172
Certificate programs 5
Challenge examinations 12
Chemistry program
courses 46
department 45
faculty 48
CLEP..... 13
College support staff 165
Communication program
courses 59
department 58
faculty 62
Computer science program
courses 80
department 79
faculty 83
Concurrent courses 11
Cooperative programs 21
Courses, undergraduate
concurrent 1 1
external 11
repetition of 1 1
descriptions 28
Courses, graduate 129
Credit for life experience 13
Criminal justice courses Ill
Degrees
undergraduate 7
graduate 130
Dean's list 15
Departmental honors 15
Diploma programs 5
Economics program
courses 109
department 108
faculty Ill
Education program
courses 50
department 50
faculty 56
Elementary education program
courses 51
department 50
faculty 56
Engineering cooperative
program 21
English program
courses 59
department 58
faculty 62
Environmental studies
cooperative program 21
External summer courses 11
Faculty 152
Finances, student 4
Fine arts courses 19
Foreign languages program
courses 64
department 64
faculty 69
Foreign study opportunities 25
Forestry cooperative
program 21
French program
courses 65
department 64
faculty 69
Lebanon Valley College
Index 169
General education program
courses 18
requirements 18
Geography courses 53
German program
courses 66
department 66
faculty 69
Grade point average 14
Grading system 14
Graduate programs 130
academic policies 130
concurrent courses 130
financial aid 132
grading system 131
privacy of student records 132
refund policy 131
review procedure 131
time restriction policy 131
transfer policy 130
withdrawal policy 131
Graduation honors 15
Graduation requirements
undergraduate 8
graduate 133, 135
Health care management program
courses 40
requirements 40
Health professions
cooperative programs 22
History program
courses 72
department 72
faculty 76
Honors
departmental 15
graduation 15
Hotel management program
courses 41
department 40
faculty 42
In-Absentia 1 1
Independent study 24
Individualized major 23
Interdisciplinary courses 21
International business program 42
Internship policy 23
Knisley teaching awards 166
Leave of absence 11
Limit of hours 9
Literature courses 59
Map of campus 168
Mathematical science program
courses 81
department 81
faculty 83
MBA program
admission 133
courses 133
faculty 136
requirements 133
MSE program 138
admission 138
courses 139
faculty 140
Medical technology
cooperative program 22
Military science program
courses 86
department 85
faculty 86
requirements 86
Mission statement 3
Music education courses 94
Music program
courses 89
department 88
faculty 96
Music recording technology program
courses 95
department 95
faculty 96
Non-traditional credit policy 13
Off-campus programs
study abroad 25
Washington semester 25
Officers, general college 141
Pass/fail policy 10
Payment plans 5
Phi Alpha Epsilon 15
Philosophy program
course 120
department 120
faculty 122
Physical education program
courses 100
department 100
faculty 101
Physics program
courses 102
department 102
faculty 104
Placement examinations
undergraduate 12
Political sciences program
courses 106
department 106
faculty 1 1 1
Pre-law program 22
Pre-medical, pre-dentistry,
pre-veterinary programs 23
Privacy of student records 7
Probation, undergraduate 16
Profile of the college 2
Psychobiology program
courses 33
Psychology program
courses 113
department 112
faculty 116
Readmission policy 12
170 Index
1998-99 Catalog
Refund policy
undergraduate 4
graduate 131
Registration, change of policy 10
Religion program
courses 118
department 118
faculty 122
Repetition of courses
undergraduate 10
ROTC 85
Science
course 48
Second bachelor's degree 12
Secondary education program
courses 54
department 53
faculty 56
Servicemember's opportunity
college (SOC) 17
Sociology program
courses 125
department 125
faculty 129
Social work program
courses 128
department. ..; 128
faculty 129
Social studies program 124
Spanish program
courses 67
department 67
faculty 69
Special education program
courses 55
program 55
faculty 56
Special topics courses 25
Study abroad 25
Suspension policy
undergraduate 16
Teacher certification for
non-matriculated students 17
Teacher certification for
matriculated students 52
Transfer policy
undergraduate 9
graduate 130
Trustees, Board of 141
Tutorial study courses 24
Veteran's services 16
Vickroy teaching awards 166
Washington semester 25
Withdrawal procedure
undergraduate 12
graduate 131
PHONE NUMBERS
College Offices*
Academic Offices 6208
Academic Support 6988
Admissions 6181
Business Office 6300
Career Planning & Placement 6235
College Center 6161
College Store 6313
Computer Lab (general) 6067
Computer Science Lab 6067
Continuing Education 62 1 3
Dean of Student Services 6233
Financial Aid 6181
Registrar 6215
Safety and Security 6111
Vice president/dean of faculty 6208
Academic Offices*
American Studies 6356
Art 6015
Biology 6175
Business Administration 6101
Chemistry 6140
Economics 6330
Education 6305
English 6240
Foreign Language 6250
History 6355
Mathematical Sciences 6080
Music 6275
Philosophy 6130
Physical Education 6364
Physics 6150
Political Sciences 6330
Psychology 6195
Religion 6130
Sociology 6155
*Area code 717, prefix 867.
Lebanon Valley College
Phone Numbers 171
1998 - 1999 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
FIRST SEMESTER
August
29
Sat.
9 a.m.
29
Sat.
10 a.m.
29
Sat.
2 p.m.
30
Sun.
Noon
31
Mon.
1-4 p.m.
31
Mon.
6:30 p.m.
September
1
Tues.
8:00 a.m.
October
2-4
14
Wed.
Noon
16
Fri.
5 p.m.
20
Tues.
6:30 p.m.
23
Fri.
5 p.m.
23-25
November
6
Fri.
5 p.m.
25
Wed.
3 p.m.
30
Mon.
8 a.m.
December
11
Fri.
5 p.m.
11
Fri.
5 p.m.
12
Sat.
13
Sun.
14-19
Mon.-Sat.
19
Sat.
5 p.m.
23
Wed.
Noon
SECOND SEMESTER
January
17
Sun.
Noon
18
Mon.
9-11 a.m
18
Mon.
1 p.m.
18
Mon.
6:30 p.m.
February
23
Tues.
11 a.m.
March
3
Wed.
Noon
5
Fri.
5 p.m.
15
Mon.
8 a.m.
19
Fri.
5 p.m.
April
1
Thurs.
9:30 p.m.
(Friday day
classes to be
5
Mon.
6:30 p.m.
9
Fri.
5 p.m.
May
Wed.
5 p.m.
5
Wed.
9:30 p.m.
6
Thurs.
9
Sun.
7-13
Fri. -Thurs.
13
Thurs.
9:30 p.m.
14
Fri.
Noon
15
Sat.
9 a.m.
15
Sat.
1 1 a.m.
21
Fri.
Noon
Residence halls open for new students
First Year Experience
Opening Convocation
Residence halls open for students
Add/Drop day
Evening classes begin
Day classes begin
Family Weekend- VK//^^^ University
Mid-term grades due
Fall break begins
Classes resume
Incomplete grades due
Homecoming Weekend-Morav/an College
Last day to change registration or
withdraw from a course
Thanksgiving vacation begins
Classes resume
Last day for first-semester freshmen
to withdraw from a course
Day classes end
Reading Morning/Final Exams Afternoon
Reading Day
Final examinations
Semester ends
Final grades due
Residence halls open for students
Add/Drop Day
Classes begin (labs only)
Evening classes begin
Founders Day
Mid-term grades due
Spring vacation begins
Classes resume
Incomplete grades due
Easter vacation begins
held on Thursday)
Classes resume
Last day to change registration or
withdraw from a course
Last day for first-semester freshmen
to withdraw from a course
Classes end
Reading Morning/Final Exams Afternoon
Reading Day
Final examinations
Semester ends
Senior grades due
Baccalaureate Service
130th Commencement
All final grades due
172 Academic Calendar
1998-99 Catalog
Lebanon Valley College Non-Profit
Annville, PA 17003-0501 Organization
A J 1 ^ T^ J POSTAGE PAID
Address Correction Requested p^^^^ ^^ ^
Annville, PA 17003
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11